+ All Categories
Home > Documents > PHILIPS L04

PHILIPS L04

Date post: 11-Apr-2015
Category:
Upload: marco-antonio
View: 6,024 times
Download: 4 times
Share this document with a friend
Description:
MANUAL DE SERVICIO PHILIPS CHASIS L04
94
Published by BB 0462 Service PaCE Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 14430 © Copyright 2004 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips. Colour Television Chassis L04U AA E_14480_000.eps 120204 Contents Page Contents Page 1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview 2 2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes 4 3. Directions for Use 6 4. Mechanical Instructions 24 5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Faultfinding 26 6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms Wiring Diagram 37 Block Diagram Supply and Deflection 38 Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier 39 Block Diagram Video 40 Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel 41 Block Diagram Audio/Control 42 I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 43 7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram PWB Power Supply (Diagram A1) 44 56-61 Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply) 45 56-61 Deflection (Diagram A2) 46 56-61 Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection) 47 56-61 Tuner IF (Diagram A3) 48 56-61 Hercules (Diagram A4) 49 56-61 Features & Connectivities (Diagram A5) 50 56-61 Class D - Audio Amplifier (Diagram A6) 51 56-61 Audio Amplifier (Diagram A7) 52 56-61 Rear I/O Cinch (Diagram A8) 53 56-61 Front Control (Diagram A9) 54 56-61 DVD Power Supply (Reserved) (Diagram A10)55 56-61 CRT Panel (Diagram B1) 62 64-65 ECO Scavem Panel (Diagram B2) 63 64-65 Side AV + Headphone Panel (Diagram D) 66 67 Top Control Panel (Diagram E) 68 68 Linearity & Panorama Panel (Diagram G) 69 69 LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Diagram H) 70 71 Front Interface Panel (Diagram J) 72 72 8. Alignments 73 9. Circuit Descriptions 81 Abbreviation List 91 IC Data Sheets 92 10 Spare Parts List (not applicable) 93 11 Revision List 94
Transcript
Page 1: PHILIPS L04

Colour Television Chassis

Published by BB 0462 Service PaCE

©Copyright 2004 Philips Consumer EAll rights reserved. No part of this puretrieval system or transmitted, in anymechanical, photocopying, or otherw

L04UAA

E_14480_000.eps120204

Contents Page Contents Page1. Technical Specifications, Connections,

and Chassis Overview 22. Safety and Maintenance Instructions,

Warnings, and Notes 43. Directions for Use 64. Mechanical Instructions 245. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Faultfinding 266. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews,

and WaveformsWiring Diagram 37Block Diagram Supply and Deflection 38Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier 39Block Diagram Video 40Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel 41Block Diagram Audio/Control 42I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 43

7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram PWBPower Supply (Diagram A1) 44 56-61Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply) 45 56-61Deflection (Diagram A2) 46 56-61Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection) 47 56-61Tuner IF (Diagram A3) 48 56-61Hercules (Diagram A4) 49 56-61Features & Connectivities (Diagram A5) 50 56-61Class D - Audio Amplifier (Diagram A6) 51 56-61Audio Amplifier (Diagram A7) 52 56-61Rear I/O Cinch (Diagram A8) 53 56-61Front Control (Diagram A9) 54 56-61DVD Power Supply (Reserved) (Diagram A10)55 56-61CRT Panel (Diagram B1) 62 64-65ECO Scavem Panel (Diagram B2) 63 64-65Side AV + Headphone Panel (Diagram D) 66 67Top Control Panel (Diagram E) 68 68Linearity & Panorama Panel (Diagram G) 69 69

LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Diagram H) 70 71Front Interface Panel (Diagram J) 72 72

8. Alignments 739. Circuit Descriptions 81

Abbreviation List 91IC Data Sheets 92

10 Spare Parts List (not applicable) 9311 Revision List 94

Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 14430

lectronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.blication may be reproduced, stored in a form or by any means, electronic,

ise without the prior permission of Philips.

Page 2: PHILIPS L04

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis OverviewEN 2 L04U AA1.

1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

Note: Described specifications are valid for the whole product range.Note: Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.

1.1 Technical Specifications

1.1.1 Reception

Tuning system : PLLColor systems : NTSCSound systems : BTSCChannel selections : 181, full cableIF picture carrier : 45.75 MHzAerial input : 75 Ohm, F-typeA/V Connections : NTSC M (3.58 - 4.5)

1.1.2 Miscellaneous

Audio output:: 2 x 5 W: 2 x 10 W

Power supply:Mains voltage range : 90 - 140 V_acMains frequency : 60 Hz

Ambient conditions:Temperature range : +5 to +45 deg. CMaximum humidity : 90 % R.H.

Power consumption:Normal operation : from 79 W (20”)

: to 119 W (32”)Standby : < 1 W

1.2 Connections

Note: The following connector color abbreviations are used (acc. to DIN/IEC 757): Bk= Black, Bu= Blue, Gn= Green, Gy= Grey, Rd= Red, Wh= White, Ye= Yellow.

1.2.1 Top Control and Front / Side Connections

Figure 1-1 Top control and Front / Side connections

Audio / Video InYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm

Rd - Audio - R 0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm

Bk - Headphone 8 - 600 Ohm / 4 mW

1.2.2 Rear Connections

Figure 1-2 Rear connections

Aerial In- F-type Coax, 75 ohm

REDLED

R AUDIO L VIDEOE_14480_045.eps

170204

IR LIGHT SENSOR(OPTIONAL)

TOP CONTROL

SIDE I/O

FRONT I/O

VOLUME- + - +PROGRAMP

VIDEO

L/Mono

R

Y

Pb

Pr

V

L

R

V

L

R S-VIDEO

MONITOROUT

75 Ohm AV1IN

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

AV2IN

E_14480_047.eps110204

AUDIO

Page 3: PHILIPS L04

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview EN 3L04U AA 1.

Monitor OutYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm

Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm

YUV InBu - U 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm Rd - V 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm

Gn - Y 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm

AV1 InYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm

Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm

Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm

AV2 InYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm

Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm

AV2 In (SVHS)1 - Ground GND

2 - Ground GND

3 - Y 1 V_pp / 75 ohm 4 - C 0.3 V_pp / 75 ohm

1.3 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-3 PWB location

SIDE AV PANEL +HEADPHONE

B2

B1

D

H

MONOCARRIER

A1

E

A2

A3

A4

A5

A9

A10

A8

POWER SUPPLY

JFRONT INTERFACE PANEL

LINE DEFLECTION

TUNER IF

A6CLASS D AUDIO AMPLIFIER

HERCULES

FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES

A7AUDIO AMPLIFIER

FRONT CONTROL

DVD POWER SUPPLY

REAR I/O CINCH

E_14480_046.eps170204

TOP CONTROL PANELCRT PANEL

LTT/CTI INTERFACEPANEL

G LINEARITY &PANORAMA PANEL

CRT

ECOSCAVEM

Page 4: PHILIPS L04

Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and NotesEN 4 L04U AA2.

2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2.1 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that during a repair:• Due to the chassis concept, a very large part of the circuitry

(incl. deflection) is 'hot'. Therefore, connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer.

• Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol , only by components identical to the original ones. Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard.

• Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT. Safety regulations require that after a repair, you must return the set in its original condition. Pay, in particular, attention to the following points:• General repair instruction: as a strict precaution, we advise

you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing. In particular this is valid for the:1. Pins of the line output transformer (LOT).2. Fly-back capacitor(s).3. S-correction capacitor(s).4. Line output transistor.5. Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil.6. Other components through which the deflection current

flows.Note: This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections, and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years old.• Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure

them with the mounted cable clamps.• Check the insulation of the mains cord for external

damage.• Check the strain relief of the mains cord for proper function,

to prevent the cord from touching the CRT, hot components, or heat sinks.

• Check the electrical DC resistance between the mains plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have an isolated power supply). Do this as follows:1. Unplug the mains cord and connect a wire between the

two pins of the mains plug.2. Turn on the main power switch (keep the mains cord

unplugged!).3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

mains plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection of the set. The reading should be between 4.5 MΩ and 12 MΩ.

4. Switch the TV 'off' and remove the wire between the two pins of the mains plug.

• Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent the possibility of the customer touching any internal parts.

2.2 Maintenance Instructions

We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel. The interval depends on the usage conditions:• When a customer uses the set under normal

circumstances, for example in a living room, the recommended interval is three to five years.

• When a customer uses the set in an environment with higher dust, grease, or moisture levels, for example in a kitchen, the recommended interval is one year.

• The maintenance inspection includes the following actions:1. Perform the 'general repair instruction' noted above.2. Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the

chassis.3. Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture

tube.

2.3 Warnings

• In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors, avoid all high voltage flashovers. In order to prevent damage to the picture tube, use the method shown in Fig. 2-1, to discharge the picture tube. Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position V_dc). Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx. 30 s).

Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube

• All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD, ). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that, during repair, you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this potential. Available ESD protection equipment:– Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat, wristband,

connection box, extension cable and ground cable) 4822 310 10671.

– Wristband tester 4822 344 13999.• Together with the deflection unit and any multi-pole unit,

flat square picture tubes form an integrated unit. The deflection and the multi-pole units are set optimally at the factory. We do not recommend adjusting this unit during repair.

• Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section and on the picture tube.

• Never replace modules or other components while the unit is 'on’.

• When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable.

2.4 Notes

2.4.1 General

• Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground (), or hot ground (), depending on the tested area of circuitry.

• The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 475.25 MHz for PAL, or 61.25 MHz for NTSC (channel 3).

• Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal. Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation () and in standby ( ). These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.

V

E_06532_007.eps110204

Page 5: PHILIPS L04

Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes EN 5L04U AA 2.

• The picture tube panel has printed spark gaps. Each spark gap is connected between an electrode of the picture tube and the Aquadag coating.

• The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists, are interchangeable per position with the semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors.

2.4.2 Schematic Notes

• All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2 indicates 2.2 kohm).

• Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an "E" or an "R" (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm).

• All capacitor values are expressed in micro-farads (µ= x 10^-6), nano-farads (n= x 10^-9), or pico-farads (p= x 10^-12).

• Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).

• An "asterisk" (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values.

• The correct component values are listed in the Electrical Replacement Parts List. Therefore, always check this list when there is any doubt.

2.4.3 Practical Service Precautions

• It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock. While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.

• Always respect voltages. While some may not be dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected reactions - reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.

• Before powering up the TV set with the back cover off (or on a test fixture), attach a clip lead to the CRT DAG ground and to a screwdriver blade that has a well insulated handle. After the TV is powered "on" and high voltage has developed, probe the anode lead with the blade, starting at the case of the High Voltage Transformer (flyback - IFT). Move the blade to within two inches of the connector of the CRT. If there is an arc, you found it the easy way, without getting a shock! If there is an arc to the screwdriver blade, replace the part that is causing the problem: the High Voltage Transformer or the lead (if it is removable).

2.4.4 Lead Free Solder

This set is manufactured with lead-free production technology. This is also indicated on the PWB by the PHILIPS lead-free logo (either by a service-printing or by a sticker).

Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

This set is produced with lead-free solder alloy as well as with lead-free sub-parts. It can be considered as lead-free.Due to this fact, some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repair:• Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106. If lead-free solder paste is required, please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment.

• Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin.

• Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 217 - 220 deg. C is reached at the solder joint.

• Do not mix lead-free soldering tin with leaded soldering tin; this will lead to unreliable solder joints!

• Use only original spare parts listed in this manual. These are lead-free parts!

• On the website www.atyourservice.ce.philips.com you can find more information on: – Aspects of lead-free technology.– BGA (de-)soldering, heating-profiles of BGAs used in

Philips sets, and others

Pb

Page 6: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 6 L04U AA3.

3. Directions for UseB

AS

ICA

NT

EN

NA

AN

DC

AB

LE

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

You

r ho

me’

s si

gnal

inpu

t mig

htco

me

from

a s

ingl

e (7

5 oh

m)

roun

d ca

ble,

a C

onve

rter

Box

, or

from

an a

nten

na. I

n ei

ther

cas

e th

e co

nnec

-tio

n to

the

TV

is v

ery

easy

.

1If

you

rC

able

TV

sign

al o

rA

nte

nn

a si

gnal

is a

rou

nd

cab

le(7

5 oh

m)

then

you

'rere

ady

to c

onne

ct t

o th

e T

V.

If y

our

ante

nna

has

flat

tw

in-

lead

wir

e (3

00 o

hm),

you

fir

stne

ed to

atta

ch th

e an

tenn

a w

ires

to th

e sc

rew

s on

a 3

00 to

75

ohm

adap

ter.

If y

ou h

ave

a C

able

Con

vert

erB

ox:

Con

nect

the

Cab

le T

Vsi

g-na

l to

the

Cab

le S

igna

l IN

(put

)pl

ug o

n th

e C

onve

rter

.

2C

onne

ct t

he C

able

TV

cabl

e or

Ant

enna

cab

le (

or 3

00 to

75

ohm

adap

ter)

to th

e 75

plug

on

the

TV

.If

you

hav

e a

Cab

le C

onve

rter

Box

:C

onne

ct th

e O

UT

(put

) pl

ugfr

om th

e C

onve

rter

to th

e 75

plug

on

the

TV

.

Aft

er u

sing

the

Aut

oPro

gram

Con

trol

,pr

ess

the

CH

+ a

nd –

but

tons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h al

l the

cha

nnel

s st

ored

in th

ete

levi

sion

’s m

emor

y.

HE

LPFU

LH

INT

75

1

2AN

T 7

5‰

L/M

on

oMo

nito

r o

ut

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb

Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O I

NP

UT

Bac

k of

TV

Cab

le s

igna

lco

min

g fr

omC

able

Com

pany

Jack

Pan

elB

ack

of T

V75

12

AN

T 7

5‰

L/M

on

oMo

nito

r o

ut

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb

Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O I

NP

UT

An

ten

na

Con

nec

tion

300

to 7

5A

dapt

er

Com

bina

tion

VH

F/U

HF

Ant

enna

(Out

door

or

Indo

or)

Tw

in L

ead

Wir

e

Rou

nd C

able

75

Bac

k of

TV

Dir

ect

Cab

le C

onn

ecti

on

75R

ound

Coa

xial

Cab

le

1P

AN

EL

IND

EX

Su

bje

ct

P

anel

No.

Act

ive

Con

trol

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .2

3A

nten

na/C

able

Bas

ic C

onne

ctio

n .

. .1

Aud

io/V

ideo

Con

nect

ions

AV

1 In

put

Jack

s .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .4

Com

pone

nt V

ideo

Inp

ut J

acks

. . .

.7H

eadp

hone

Jac

k .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .5

Mon

itor

Out

put

Jack

s .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.8S

-Vid

eo I

nput

Jac

ks .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .6

Sid

e A

VIn

put

Jack

s .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .5

Aut

oLoc

k™C

ontr

ols

Acc

ess

Cod

e .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.25

Blo

ck A

ll C

hann

els

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .2

7B

lock

Cha

nnel

s . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.26

Cle

ar A

ll B

lock

ed C

hann

els

. . .

. .2

7M

ovie

Rat

ings

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.28

Oth

er B

lock

ing

Opt

ions

. . .

. . .

. .3

0T

VR

atin

gs .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .29

Und

erst

andi

ng A

utoL

ock™

. . .

. .2

4A

utom

atic

ally

Pro

gram

min

g T

V .

.13

Aut

oPic

ture

™C

ontr

ol .

. . .

. . .

. . .3

2A

utoS

ound

™C

ontr

ol .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.32

Bas

ic R

emot

e O

pera

tion

. . .

. . .

. . .

.3B

asic

Tel

evis

ion

Ope

rati

on .

. . .

. . .

.3

Su

bje

ct

P

anel

No.

Cab

le B

ox C

onne

ctio

n .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.2C

hann

el E

dit

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

14C

lock

Con

trol

sA

ctiv

ate

Con

trol

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .2

1C

lock

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .1

8D

ispl

ay C

ontr

ol .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .22

Spe

cifi

c C

hann

el .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.20

Sta

rt o

r S

top

Tim

e . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .1

9C

lose

d C

apti

on C

ontr

ol .

. . .

. . .

. . .3

1D

emo

Mod

e . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .3

0F

acto

ry S

ervi

ce L

ocat

ions

. . .

. .3

6-37

For

mat

Con

trol

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.17

Lan

guag

e C

ontr

ols

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.11

Lim

ited

War

rant

y .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.38

Pic

ture

Men

u C

ontr

ols

. . .

. . .

. . .

.15

Qua

draS

urf™

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

33-3

4R

emot

e B

atte

ries

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.3R

emot

e B

utto

n D

escr

ipti

ons

. . .

.9-1

0S

leep

tim

er .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.31

Sou

nd M

enu

Con

trol

s .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.16

Tro

uble

shoo

ting

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

35T

uner

Mod

e . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. .1

2

Act

ive

Con

trol

, Aut

oPic

ture

, Aut

oSou

nd, a

nd I

ncre

dibl

e S

urro

und

are

trad

emar

ks o

f P

hilip

sC

onsu

mer

Ele

ctro

nics

Com

pany

. Cop

yrig

ht 2

001

Phi

lips

Con

sum

er E

lect

roni

cs.*

Man

ufac

ture

dun

der

licen

se f

rom

Dol

by L

abor

ator

ies.

“D

olby

” an

d th

e do

uble

-D s

ymbo

l are

trad

emar

ks o

f D

olby

Lab

orat

orie

s.

Page 7: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 7L04U AA 3.

POW

ER

3

+–

VO

LUM

E+

–C

HA

NN

EL

2

1

BA

SIC

TV

AN

DR

EM

OT

EC

ON

TR

OL

OP

ER

AT

ION

3 1P

ress

th

e P

OW

ER

bu

tton

totu

rn t

he T

VO

N.

Not

e: Y

ou c

an a

lso

pres

s an

ybu

tton

on

the

fron

t of

the

TV

totu

rn t

he T

VO

N.

2P

ress

th

e V

OL

UM

E +

bu

tton

to i

ncre

ase

the

soun

d le

vel,

orth

e V

OL

UM

E –

bu

tton

tolo

wer

the

sou

nd l

evel

.

Pre

ssin

g b

oth

bu

tton

s at

th

esa

me

tim

ew

ill

disp

lay

the

on-

scre

en m

enu.

Onc

e in

the

men

u, u

se t

hese

but

tons

to

mak

e ad

just

men

ts o

r se

lect

ions

.

3P

ress

th

e C

HA

NN

EL

UP

+or

DO

WN

–bu

tton

to

sele

ct T

Vch

anne

ls.

4P

oin

t th

e re

mot

eco

ntro

lto

war

d th

e re

mot

e se

nsor

win

-do

w o

n th

e T

Vw

hen

oper

atin

gth

e T

Vw

ith

the

rem

ote.

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L

To

load

th

e su

ppli

ed b

atte

ries

into

th

e re

mot

e:

1.R

emov

e th

e b

atte

ry c

omp

art-

men

t li

don

the

bac

k of

the

rem

ote.

2.P

lace

th

e b

atte

ries

(2-

AA

) in

the

rem

ote.

Be

sure

the

(+

) an

d (-

)en

ds o

f th

e ba

tter

ies

line

up

corr

ect-

ly (

insi

de o

f ca

se i

s m

arke

d.)

3.R

eatt

ach

th

e b

atte

ry li

d.

Bat

tery

Com

part

men

t

2-A

AB

atte

ries

Bat

tery

Lid

Bac

k of

Rem

ote

32

1

Stan

dby

Lig

ht I

ndic

ator

- R

ed li

ght w

ill s

how

whe

n in

the

Stan

dby

Mod

e. P

ress

the

Pow

erbu

tton

to r

etur

n th

e T

Vto

it’s

act

ive

stat

e.

Rem

ote

Sens

or-

Sens

or f

orac

tivat

ing

rem

ote

cont

rol c

om-

man

ds w

hen

the

rem

ote

isus

ed to

con

trol

the

TV

.

Exa

mpl

e of

Mod

els

27P

T64

41/3

7 an

d 27

PT

6442

/37

Exa

mpl

e of

Mod

els

27P

T54

41/3

7 an

d 32

PT

5441

/37

TOTV

/VCR

CABL

EIN

IR

USB

DVD

-D O

UT

AUD

IO IN

SPD

IFVI

DEO

IN

OU

T

S-VI

DEO

R

L

AUD

IO O

UT

TVPA

SSCA

RD

Y

Pb

Pr

OPT

ICAL

SPD

IF

4

24

AN

T 7

5‰

L/M

on

oMo

nito

r o

ut

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb

Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O I

NP

UT

L/M

onoM

onito

r ou

t

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O IN

PU

T

5

6

CA

BL

EB

OX

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

2 If you

r ca

ble

sign

al u

ses

a ca

ble

box

or d

ecod

er, f

ollo

w th

e ea

syst

eps

belo

w to

com

plet

e th

e co

nnec

-tio

n.

Cab

le B

ox (

w/R

FIn

/Out

puts

):T

his

conn

ectio

n w

ill b

e m

ono.

1C

onne

ct t

he C

able

Com

pany

supp

lied

cabl

e to

the

sign

alIN

(put

) pl

ug o

n th

e ba

ck o

f th

eC

able

Box

.

2U

sing

a s

epar

ate

roun

d co

axia

lca

ble,

conn

ect

one

end

to t

heO

UT

(put

)(T

OT

V)

plug

on

the

back

of

the

Cab

le B

ox.

3C

onne

ct t

he o

ther

end

of t

hero

und

coax

ial c

able

to th

e 75

inpu

t on

the

back

of

the

tele

vi-

sion

. Scr

ew it

dow

n fi

nger

tigh

t. N

OT

E:

If a

pplic

able

, set

the

OU

T-

PUT

CH

AN

NE

LSW

ITC

H o

n th

eba

ck o

f th

e ca

ble

box

to C

H 3

or

4.T

une

the

TV

to th

e sa

me

chan

nel a

ndch

ange

cha

nnel

s at

the

cabl

e bo

x. I

nso

me

case

s, th

e ca

ble

box

will

aut

o-m

atic

ally

tune

to e

ither

cha

nnel

3 o

r 4,

chan

ge c

hann

els

until

the

pict

ure

appe

ars.

Cab

le B

ox (

w/A

udio

/Vid

eoO

utpu

ts):

Thi

s co

nnec

tion

will

sup

ply

Ster

eoso

und.

4C

onne

ct t

he C

able

Com

pany

supp

lied

cabl

e to

the

cabl

e si

g-na

l IN

(put

) pl

ug o

n th

e ba

ck o

fth

e C

able

Box

.

5U

sing

a R

CA

type

Vid

eo C

able

,co

nnec

t on

e en

d of

the

cab

le t

oth

e V

ideo

(or

AN

T, y

our

cabl

ebo

x m

ay b

e la

bele

d di

ffere

ntly

)O

ut j

ack

on th

e ca

ble

box

and

the

othe

r en

d to

the

AV

1 V

ideo

Inpu

t on

the

TV

.

6C

onne

ct o

ne e

nd o

f th

e A

udio

Lef

t and

Rig

ht C

able

to

the

left

and

righ

t Aud

io O

ut L

& R

jack

s on

the

cab

le b

ox. C

onne

ctth

e ot

her

end

to th

e A

V1

Aud

io L

& R

Inp

ut ja

cks

on th

e T

V.

NO

TE

:U

se th

e A

Vbu

tton

on th

e T

Vre

mot

e co

ntro

l to

tune

to th

e A

V1

chan

nel f

or th

e ca

ble

box

sign

al. O

nce

tune

d, c

hang

e ch

anne

ls a

t the

cab

lebo

x, n

ot th

e te

levi

sion

.

75

TOTV

/VCR

CABL

EIN

IR

USB

DVD

-D O

UT

AUD

IO IN

SPD

IFVI

DEO

IN

OU

T

S-VI

DEO

R

L

AUD

IO O

UT

TVPA

SSCA

RD

Y

Pb

Pr

OPT

ICAL

SPD

IF

12 3

AN

T 7

5‰

L/M

onoM

onito

r ou

t

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O IN

PU

T

Jack

Pan

el B

ack

of C

able

Box

Cab

le S

igna

l IN

fro

m t

heC

able

Com

pany

Rou

nd 7

5C

oaxi

al C

able

Jack

Pan

el B

ack

of T

V

Cab

le S

igna

l IN

from

the

Cab

leC

ompa

nyC

able

Box

wit

h A

/VO

utpu

ts

Jack

Pan

el B

ack

of T

V

Aud

io C

able

s L

(Whi

te)

& R

(R

ed)

Vid

eo C

able

(Yel

low

)

Cab

le B

ox (

w/R

FIn

/Out

puts

):

Cab

le B

ox (

w/A

udio

/Vid

eo O

utpu

ts):

Page 8: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 8 L04U AA3.

SID

EA

V C

ON

NE

CT

ION

S5 A

udio

and

Vid

eo S

ide

Inpu

ts a

reav

aila

ble

for

a qu

ick

conn

ec-

tion

of

a V

CR

, to

play

back

vid

eofr

om a

cam

era,

or

atta

ch a

gam

-in

g de

vice

. Use

the

AV

butt

on o

nth

e re

mot

e co

ntro

l to

tun

e th

ese

inpu

ts.

1C

onn

ect

the

vid

eo (

yell

ow)

cab

lefr

om t

he V

ideo

out

put

on t

he C

amer

a (o

r ac

cess

ory

devi

ce)

to t

he V

ideo

(ye

llow

)In

put

loca

ted

on t

he S

IDE

of

the

TV

.

2F

orS

tere

o D

evic

es:

Con

nect

the

audi

o ca

ble

(red

and

whi

te)

from

the

Aud

io L

eft

and

Rig

ht O

utpu

ts o

n th

eC

amer

a to

the

Aud

io I

n(w

hite

) ja

ck o

n th

e S

IDE

of

the

tele

visi

on.

For

Mon

o D

evic

es:

Con

nect

one

end

of t

he a

udio

cab

lefr

om t

he A

udio

Out

jac

k on

the

devi

ce t

o th

e A

udio

In

(whi

te)

jack

on

the

SID

E o

fth

e te

levi

sion

.

3T

urn

the

TV

and

the

acce

sso-

ry d

evic

e O

N.

4P

ress

th

e A

Vb

utt

onon

the

rem

ote

cont

rol

to t

une

the

TV

to t

he s

ide

inpu

t ja

cks.

“Fro

nt”

wil

l ap

pear

on

the

TV

scre

en.

5P

ress

th

e P

LA

Y

bu

tton

on t

he a

cces

sory

dev

ice

tovi

ew p

layb

ack,

or

to a

cces

sth

e ac

cess

ory

devi

ce (

cam

era,

gam

ing

unit

, etc

.).

VID

EO

AU

DIO

L R

Fron

t

S-VI

DEO

VID

EOAU

DIO

LEFT

R

IGH

T

31 2

3 5

VOL

4

Sid

e Ja

ck p

anel

of T

V Aud

ioC

able

s

Vid

eoC

able

Jack

Pan

el o

f A

cces

sory

Dev

ice

Opt

iona

lH

eadp

hone

s

AV

(A

UD

IO/V

IDE

O)

INP

UT

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N4

L/M

on

oMo

nito

r o

ut

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb

Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O IN

PU

T

AU

DIO

OU

TR

LS

-VID

EO

OU

TA

NT

/CA

BL

EO

UT

VID

EO

OU

T

3

AU

DIO

OU

TR

LS

-VID

EO

OU

TA

NT

/CA

BL

EO

UT

VID

EO

OU

T

34

57

1

24

2

1

57

Aud

io a

nd v

ideo

cab

les

are

not s

up-

plie

d w

ith th

e T

V, b

ut a

re a

vaila

ble

from

Phi

lips

or e

lect

roni

cs r

etai

lers

.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

Aud

io I

n(R

ed a

ndW

hite

)

VC

R T

wo

(or

acce

ssor

yde

vice

) (E

quip

ped

wit

hV

ideo

and

Aud

io O

utpu

t Ja

cks)

Vid

eo I

n(Y

ello

w)

Bac

k of

VC

R

Bac

k of

TV

AV

1C

onn

ecti

on

AV

2 C

onn

ecti

on

VC

R O

ne (

orac

cess

ory

devi

ce)

(Equ

ippe

dw

ith A

udio

and

Vid

eo O

utpu

tJa

cks)

The

TV

’s a

udio

/vid

eo i

nput

jac

ksar

e fo

r di

rect

pic

ture

and

sou

ndco

nnec

tion

s be

twee

n th

e T

Van

d a

VC

R (

or s

imil

ar d

evic

e) t

hat

has

audi

o/vi

deo

outp

ut j

acks

.Bot

h th

eA

V1

and

AV

2 In

put

Jack

con

nect

ions

are

show

n on

thi

s pa

ge, b

ut e

ithe

ron

e ca

n be

con

nect

ed a

lone

. Fol

low

the

easy

ste

ps b

elow

to

conn

ect

your

acce

ssor

y de

vice

to

the

AV1

and

AV

2IN

Jac

ks l

ocat

ed o

n th

e ba

ck o

f th

eT

V. 1C

onne

ct t

he V

IDE

O (

yello

w)

cabl

eto

the

VID

EO

AV

1IN

(or

AV

2 IN

) ja

ck o

n th

e ba

ck o

f th

eT

V.

2C

onne

ct t

he A

UD

IO (

red

and

whi

te)

cabl

esto

the

AU

DIO

(le

ftan

d ri

ght)

AV

1IN

(or A

V2

in)

jack

s on

the

rear

of

the

TV

.

3C

onne

ct t

he V

IDE

O (

yello

w)

cabl

eto

the

VID

EO

OU

Tja

ck o

nth

e ba

ck o

f th

e V

CR

(ei

ther

one

or tw

o) o

r ac

cess

ory

devi

ce b

eing

used

.

4C

onne

ct t

he A

UD

IO (

red

and

whi

te)

cabl

esto

the

AU

DIO

(le

ftan

d ri

ght)

OU

Tja

cks

on th

e re

arof

the

VC

R (

eith

er o

ne o

r tw

o) o

rac

cess

ory

devi

ce b

eing

use

d.

5T

urn

the

VC

R (

eith

eron

e or

two)

or

acce

ssor

y de

vice

and

the

TV

ON

.

6P

ress

the

AV

but

ton

to s

et t

heT

V t

o it

s A

V1o

r A

V2

chan

nel.

7W

ith e

ither

of

the

VC

Rs

(or

acce

ssor

y de

vice

s) O

N a

nd a

pre

-re

cord

ed ta

pe (

CD

, DV

D, e

tc.)

inse

rted

,pre

ss t

he P

LA

Ybu

tton

to v

iew

the

tape

on

the

tele

visi

on.

Page 9: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 9L04U AA 3.

CO

MP

ON

EN

TV

IDE

O(C

VI)

IN

PU

TC

ON

NE

CT

ION

S

Com

pone

nt V

ideo

inp

uts

prov

ide

for

the

high

est

poss

ible

col

oran

d pi

ctur

e re

solu

tion

in

the

play

-ba

ck o

f di

gita

l si

gnal

sou

rce

mat

eri-

al, s

uch

as w

ith

DV

D p

laye

rs.

The

colo

r di

ffer

ence

sig

nals

(P

b, P

r) a

ndth

e lu

min

ance

(Y

) si

gnal

are

con

-ne

cted

and

rec

eive

d se

para

tely

,w

hich

all

ows

for

impr

oved

col

orba

ndw

idth

inf

orm

atio

n (n

ot p

ossi

ble

whe

n us

ing

com

posi

te v

ideo

or

S-V

ideo

con

nect

ions

).

1C

onne

ct t

he C

ompo

nent

(Y

,P

b, P

r) V

ideo

OU

Tja

cks

from

the

DV

D p

laye

r (o

r si

mila

rde

vice

) to

the

(Y, P

b, P

r) in

(put

)ja

ck o

n th

e T

V.

Whe

n us

ing

the

Com

pone

nt V

ideo

Inp

uts,

it is

best

not

to c

onne

ct a

sig

nal t

o th

eA

Vin

Vid

eo J

ack.

2C

onn

ect

the

red

an

d w

hit

eA

UD

IO C

AB

LE

S to

the

Aud

io(l

eft

and

righ

t) o

utpu

t ja

cks

onth

e re

ar o

f th

e ac

cess

ory

devi

ceto

the

Aud

io (

Lan

d R

) A

V1

inIn

put

Jack

s on

the

TV

.

3T

urn

th

e T

Van

d t

he

DV

D (

ord

igit

al a

cces

sory

dev

ice)

ON

.

4P

ress

th

e A

Vb

utt

on o

rth

eC

H +

or

CH

– b

utt

ons

tosc

roll

the

ava

ilab

le c

hann

els

unti

l C

VI

appe

ars

in t

he u

pper

left

cor

ner

of t

he T

Vsc

reen

.

5In

sert

a D

VD

dis

c in

to t

heD

VD

pla

yer

and

pre

ss t

he

PL

AY

b

utt

on o

n t

he

DV

DP

laye

r.

The

des

crip

tion

for

the

com

pone

nt v

ideo

conn

ecto

rs m

ay d

iffe

r de

pend

ing

on t

heD

VD

pla

yer

or a

cces

sory

dig

ital

sou

rce

equi

pmen

t us

ed (

for

exam

ple,

Y, P

b, P

r; Y

,B

-Y, R

-Y; Y

, Cr,

Cb)

. A

ltho

ugh

abbr

evia

-ti

ons

and

term

s m

ay v

ary,

the

let

ters

ban

dr

stan

d fo

r th

e bl

ue a

nd r

ed c

olor

com

pone

ntsi

gnal

con

nect

ors,

and

Yin

dica

tes

the

lum

i-na

nce

sign

al.

Ref

er t

o yo

ur D

VD

or

digi

tal

acce

ssor

y ow

ner’

s m

anua

l fo

r de

fini

tion

s an

dco

nnec

tion

det

ails

.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

VOL

L/M

on

oMo

nito

r o

ut

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb

Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O IN

PU

T

S-V

IDE

O

OU

TO

UT

OU

T

LR

AU

DIO

VID

EO

CO

MP

VID

EO

YP

b

Pr

2

1

35

4

Com

pone

ntV

ideo

Cab

les

(Gre

en, B

lue,

Red

)

Aud

ioC

able

s(R

ed &

Whi

te)

Acc

esso

ry D

evic

eE

quip

ped

with

Com

pone

nt V

ideo

Out

puts

Bac

k of

TV

The

CV

I co

nnec

tion

wil

l be

dom

inat

e ov

er t

he A

V1

in V

ideo

Inp

ut. W

hen

a C

ompo

nent

Vid

eo D

evic

e is

conn

ecte

d as

des

crib

ed, i

t is

bes

t no

t to

hav

e a

vide

osi

gnal

con

nect

ed t

o th

e A

V1

in V

ideo

Inp

ut j

ack.

7S

-VID

EO

(S-V

HS)

INP

UT

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

The

S(u

per)

-Vid

eo c

onne

ctio

n on

the

rear

of t

he T

Vca

n pr

ovid

eyo

u w

ith b

ette

r pi

ctur

e de

tail

and

clar

ity fo

r th

e pl

ayba

ck o

f acc

esso

ryso

urce

s su

ch a

s D

BS

(dig

ital b

road

-ca

st s

atel

lite)

, DV

D (

digi

tal v

ideo

disc

s), v

ideo

gam

es, a

nd S

-VH

S V

CR

(vid

eo c

asse

tte r

ecor

der)

tape

s th

anth

e no

rmal

ant

enna

pic

ture

con

nec-

tions

.

NO

TE

:T

he a

cces

sory

dev

ice

mus

tha

ve a

n S-

VID

EO

OU

T(p

ut)

jack

inor

der

for

you

to c

ompl

ete

the

conn

ec-

tion

on th

is p

age.

1C

onne

ct o

ne e

nd o

f th

e S-

VID

EO

CA

BL

E to

the

S-

VID

EO

jack

on

the

back

of

the

TV

. The

n co

nnec

t one

end

the

AU

DIO

(re

d an

d w

hite

)C

AB

LE

S to

the

AV1

in A

UD

IOL

and

R (

left

and

rig

ht)

jack

s on

the

rear

of

the

TV

.

2C

onne

ct o

ther

end

of t

he S

-V

IDE

O C

AB

LE

to th

e S

-VH

S(S

-Vid

eo)

OU

Tja

ck o

n th

e ba

ckof

the

VC

R. T

hen

conn

ect t

heot

her

ends

of

the

AU

DIO

(re

dan

d w

hite

) C

AB

LE

S to

the

AU

DIO

(le

ft a

nd r

ight

) O

UT

jack

s on

the

rear

of

the

VC

R.

3T

urn

the

VC

R a

nd t

he T

VO

N.

4P

ress

th

e A

Vb

utt

on o

rth

eC

H +

or

CH

– b

utt

ons

on th

ere

mot

e to

scr

oll t

he c

hann

els

until

SV

HS

app

ears

in th

e up

per

left

cor

ner

of th

e T

Vsc

reen

.

5N

ow y

our

read

y to

pla

ce a

pre

-re

cord

ed v

ideo

tape

in th

e V

CR

and

pres

s th

e P

LA

Y

butt

on.

VOL

L/M

on

oMo

nito

r o

ut

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb

Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O I

NP

UT

AU

DIO

OU

TL

R

S-V

IDE

OO

UT

AN

T/C

AB

LE

OU

TV

IDE

OO

UT

12

12

35

4

VC

R o

r E

xter

nal

Acc

esso

ry D

evic

e(w

ith

S-V

ideo

Out

put)

Aud

io C

able

s(R

ed &

Whi

te)

S-V

ideo

Cab

le

Bac

k of

TV

6

Page 10: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 10 L04U AA3.

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

LB

UT

TO

ND

ES

CR

IPT

ION

S9

QU

AD

RA

SUR

FB

utto

ns(R

ed, G

reen

, Yel

low

, Blu

e) A

llow

s yo

u to

stor

e an

d su

rf u

p to

10

chan

nels

you

choo

se f

or e

ach

colo

red

butto

n.

AV

But

ton

Pre

ss to

sel

ect a

n ac

cess

ory

sign

al in

put

from

the

fron

t AV

Inpu

ts.

SMIL

EY

But

ton

Pre

ss to

add

cha

nnel

s to

the

“Qua

draS

urf”

list

s. W

orks

with

all

col-

ored

but

tons

.

AU

TO

SO

UN

D B

utto

nP

ress

rep

eate

dly

to c

hoos

e fr

om d

iffe

rent

fact

ory

pre-

defi

ned

soun

d se

tting

s.C

hoos

e fr

om P

erso

nal (

how

you

set

the

Sou

nd M

enu

optio

ns),

Voi

ce (

for

pro-

gram

min

g w

ith s

peak

ing

only

), M

usic

(for

mus

ical

type

pro

gram

s su

ch a

s co

n-ce

rts)

, or

The

atre

(us

ed w

hen

wat

chin

gm

ovie

s).

ME

NU

But

ton

Pre

ss to

dis

play

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu.

Als

oca

n be

use

d to

bac

k ou

t of

the

on-s

cree

nm

enu

until

it d

isap

pear

s fr

om th

e T

V’s

scre

en.

CC

But

ton

Pre

ss to

act

ivat

e th

e C

lose

d C

aptio

ning

optio

ns. R

epea

tedl

y pr

essi

ng th

e C

C b

ut-

ton

will

scr

oll t

he a

vaila

ble

optio

ns o

n th

eT

Vsc

reen

.

VO

L(u

me)

+ o

r-

But

tons

Pre

ss th

e V

OL

+ b

utto

n to

incr

ease

the

TV

’s s

ound

leve

l. P

ress

the

VO

L–

butto

nto

dec

reas

e th

e T

V’s

sou

nd le

vel.

MU

TE

But

ton

Pre

ss th

e m

ute

butto

n to

elim

inat

e th

eso

und

bein

g he

ard

from

the

TV

. “M

UT

E”

will

be

disp

laye

d on

the

TV

’s s

cree

n.P

ress

aga

in to

res

tore

the

TV

’s v

olum

e to

it’s

prev

ious

leve

l. pr

essi

ng th

is b

utto

n fo

r3-

4 se

cond

s w

ill a

ctiv

ate

the

Dem

o M

ode.

(See

pan

el 3

0 fo

r m

ore

deta

ils.)

SLE

EP

But

ton

Pre

ss th

e S

leep

but

ton

to s

et th

e T

Vto

auto

mat

ical

ly tu

rn it

self

off

aft

er a

set

peri

od o

f tim

e. P

ress

rep

eate

dly

to s

elec

t15

, 30,

45,

60,

90,

120

, 180

, or

240

min

-ut

es.

VOL

MO

NIT

OR

OU

T(P

UT)

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

8 The

Aud

io/V

ideo

(M

onito

r) O

utpu

tja

cks

are

grea

t for

rec

ordi

ng w

itha

VC

R o

r us

ed to

con

nect

an

exte

r-na

l aud

io s

yste

m fo

r be

tter

soun

dre

prod

uctio

n.

AU

DIO

SY

ST

EM

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N:

1C

onne

ct o

ne e

nd o

f th

eR

(igh

t) a

nd L

(eft

) AU

DIO

(Mon

itor

Out

)ja

cks

on th

e T

Vto

the

R a

nd L

audi

o in

put j

acks

on y

our

ampl

ifie

r or

sou

nd s

ys-

tem

. Set

the

audi

o sy

stem

’s v

ol-

ume

to a

nor

mal

list

enin

g le

vel.

2T

urn

the

TV

and

audi

o sy

s-te

m O

N.

Toad

just

the

volu

me

on th

e au

dio

syst

em, y

ou w

illne

ed to

cha

nge

the

volu

me

atth

e ex

tern

al a

udio

sys

tem

, not

the

tele

visi

on.

SE

CO

ND

VC

R C

ON

NE

CT

ION

:N

OT

E:

Ref

er to

pan

el n

umbe

r 4

for

the

prop

er h

ooku

p of

the

firs

t VC

R.

Fol

low

the

inst

ruct

ions

on

how

totu

ne to

the

AV1

chan

nel t

o vi

ew a

pre-

reco

rded

tape

.

The

fol

low

ing

step

s al

low

you

to

conn

ect

a se

cond

VC

R t

o re

cord

the

prog

ram

whi

le y

our

wat

chin

git

. 3C

onne

ct o

ne e

nd o

f th

e ye

llow

Vid

eo C

able

to th

e M

onito

rO

ut V

IDE

O p

lug.

Con

nect

the

othe

r en

d to

the

VID

EO

IN p

lug

on th

e se

cond

VC

R.

4C

onne

ct o

ne e

nd o

f th

e re

dan

d w

hite

Aud

io c

able

from

the

Mon

itor

Out

AU

DIO

Lan

dR

plu

gs o

n th

e T

Vto

the

AU

DIO

IN

plu

gs o

n th

e V

CR

.

5T

urn

th

e S

econ

d V

CR

ON

,in

sert

a V

HS

tap

e an

d it

’sre

ady

to r

ecor

d w

hat’

s be

ing

view

ed o

n th

e T

Vsc

reen

.

L/M

onoM

onito

r out

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb

Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O IN

PU

T

AU

X/T

V I

NP

UT

PH

ON

O I

NP

UT

RL

1

2

Bac

k of

TV

Aud

io C

able

s(R

ed a

nd W

hite

)

L/M

onoM

onito

r out

VID

EO

S-V

IDE

O

AV

1 in

Y Pb Pr

AV

2 in

AU

DIO R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T V

IDE

O IN

PU

T

AN

TE

NN

AO

UT

AN

TE

NN

AIN

VID

EO

AU

DIO

ININ

OU

TO

UT

LR

AN

TE

NN

AO

UT

AN

TE

NN

AIN

VID

EO

AU

DIO

ININ

OU

TO

UT

RL

3

4

5

Bac

k of

TV

Aud

ioC

able

s

1st V

CR

(ref

er t

o pa

nel

4 fo

rpr

oper

con

nect

ion)

Vid

eoC

able

2nd

VC

R w

ith

Aud

io a

ndV

ideo

Inp

ut J

acks

SE

CO

ND

VC

R C

ON

NE

CT

ION

:

AU

DIO

SY

ST

EM

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N:

Page 11: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 11L04U AA 3.

VOL

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Inst

all

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Eng

lish

OR

Inst

alar

Idio

ma

Sin

ton

aA

uto

Pro

gram

aE

dita

r Can

al

Esp

aol

6

2 4

3 5

1

2 4

Inst

alla

tion

Lang

ueM

ode

synt

.P

rogr

. au

to.

dite

r pro

gr.

Fra

nai

s

OR

For

Fre

nch

and

Span

ish

spea

king

TV

owne

rs a

n on

scre

enL

angu

age

opti

on i

s pr

esen

t. W

ith

the

Lan

guag

eco

ntro

l yo

u ca

n se

t th

eT

V’s

on-

scre

en m

enu

to b

e sh

own

inE

ngli

sh, F

renc

h, o

r Sp

anis

h.

1P

ress

th

e M

EN

U b

utt

on o

nth

e re

mot

e co

ntro

l to

sho

w t

heon

-scr

een

men

u.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

ough

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu

until

the

wor

d In

stal

l is

high

-lig

hted

.

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R R

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heIn

stal

lmen

u fe

atur

es.

4P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h th

e In

stal

l fea

ture

s un

tilth

e w

ord

Lan

guag

eis

hig

h-lig

hted

.

5P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R R

IGH

T2

bu

tton

rep

eate

dly

tose

lect

Eng

lish

, Fra

ncai

s(F

renc

h), o

r E

spañ

ol(S

pani

sh).

6W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S/E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e m

enu

from

the

TV

’s s

cree

n.

HO

WT

OU

SE

TH

EL

AN

GU

AG

EC

ON

TR

OL

11 The

Lan

guag

e co

ntro

l onl

ym

akes

the

TV

’s o

n-sc

reen

Men

uite

ms

appe

ar in

Eng

lish,

Spa

nish

,or

Fre

nch

text

.It

doe

s no

t cha

nge

the

othe

r on

-sc

reen

text

fea

ture

s su

ch a

sC

lose

d C

aptio

n (C

C)

TV

show

s.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

LB

UT

TO

ND

ES

CR

IPT

ION

S10

VOL

PO

WE

R B

utt

onP

ress

to

turn

the

TV

on o

r of

f.

A/C

HB

utt

on (

Alt

ern

ate

Ch

ann

el)

Pres

s to

togg

le b

etw

een

the

last

vie

wed

cha

nnel

and

the

chan

nel p

rese

ntly

bei

ng v

iew

ed.

FR

OW

NIE

But

ton

Allo

ws

you

to d

elet

e ch

anne

ls f

rom

the

“Qua

dra

Surf

” lis

ts f

or th

e co

lore

d bu

ttons

. Wor

ks w

ithal

l col

ored

but

tons

.

AU

TO

PIC

TU

RE

But

ton

Pres

s re

peat

edly

to c

hoos

e fr

om 5

diff

eren

t fac

-to

ry p

rede

fine

d pi

ctur

e se

tting

s. C

hoos

e fr

omPe

rson

al (

how

you

set

the

Pict

ure

Men

uA

djus

tmen

t con

trol

s), M

ovie

s (f

or m

ovie

s),

Spor

ts (

for

any

spor

ting

even

t), W

eak

Sign

al(u

sed

whe

n th

e si

gnal

bei

ng r

ecei

ved

is n

otgr

eat)

, or

Mul

timed

ia (

for

vide

o ga

mes

).

STA

TU

S/E

XIT

But

ton

Pres

s to

dis

play

the

curr

ent c

hann

el n

umbe

r. If

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu

is d

ispl

ayed

, pre

ss th

eSt

atus

/Exi

t but

ton

of r

emov

e it

from

the

TV

’ssc

reen

.

3, 4

, 1

, and

2

But

tons

Pres

s to

nav

igat

e, s

elec

t, an

d ad

just

con

trol

sw

ithin

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu.

Als

o us

e th

e C

UR

-SO

R3

or C

UR

SOR

4

to a

ctiv

ate

or d

eact

i-va

te th

e E

XPA

ND

4:3

scr

een

form

attin

g co

n-tr

ol.

CH

(ann

el) +

or

CH

(ann

el)-

But

tons

Pres

s to

sel

ect c

hann

els

in a

scen

ding

or

desc

endi

ng o

rder

.

NU

MB

ER

ED

(0-9

) But

tons

Pres

s th

e nu

mbe

red

butto

ns to

sel

ect T

Vch

an-

nels

or

to e

nter

cer

tain

val

ues

with

in th

e on

-sc

reen

men

u. F

or s

ingl

e ch

anne

l ent

ries

, pre

ssth

e nu

mbe

red

butto

n fo

r th

e ch

anne

l you

des

ire.

The

TV

will

pau

se f

or a

sec

ond

or tw

o be

fore

chan

ging

to th

e ch

osen

cha

nnel

.

CL

OC

K:

Pres

s to

dis

play

the

“Tim

er”

men

u. W

ithin

this

men

u, s

et th

e tim

e, s

et th

e T

Vto

tune

to a

cer

-ta

in c

hann

el a

t a c

erta

in ti

me

once

or

daily

.

Page 12: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 12 L04U AA3.

AU

TO

MA

TIC

AL

LY

PR

OG

RA

M13

Aut

o P

rogr

amC

hann

el12

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Inst

all

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Aut

o P

rogr

amC

hann

el13

Aut

o P

rogr

amC

hann

el14

VOL

2 4

2 4

16 3 5

You

r T

Vca

n au

tom

atic

ally

set

itse

lf f

or l

ocal

are

a (o

r C

able

TV

) ch

anne

ls. T

his

mak

es i

t ea

syfo

r yo

u to

sel

ect

only

the

TV

sta-

tion

s in

you

r ar

ea w

hen

the

CH

AN

NE

L(+

), (

–)bu

tton

s ar

epr

esse

d.

Not

e: M

ake

sure

the

ant

enna

or

cabl

e si

gnal

con

nect

ion

has

been

com

plet

ed b

efor

e A

UT

OP

RO

-G

RA

M i

s ac

tiva

ted.

1P

ress

th

e M

EN

U b

utt

on o

nth

e re

mot

e to

sho

w t

he o

n-sc

reen

men

u.

2P

ress

th

e C

UR

SOR

UP3

orD

OW

N 4

butt

ons

tosc

roll

thr

ough

the

on-

scre

enm

enu

unti

l th

e w

ord

Inst

all

is h

ighl

ight

ed.

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT

2bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heIn

stal

lmen

u fe

atur

es.

4P

ress

CU

RS

OR

UP3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

scr

oll

the

Inst

all

feat

ures

unt

il t

hew

ords

Au

toP

rogr

amar

ehi

ghli

ghte

d.

5P

ress

th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT

2bu

tton

to s

tart

the

Aut

oP

rogr

am s

cann

ing

of c

han-

nels

. Aut

o P

rogr

amm

ing

wil

lst

ore

all

avai

labl

e ch

anne

lsin

the

TV

’s m

emor

y th

entu

ne t

o th

e lo

wes

t av

aila

ble

chan

nel

whe

n do

ne.

6W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S /E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e m

enu

from

the

TV

’s s

cree

n.

Whe

n C

AB

LE

is s

elec

ted,

cha

nnel

s 1-

125

are

avai

labl

e.

Whe

n A

NT

EN

NA

is s

elec

ted,

cha

n-ne

ls 2

-69

are

avai

labl

e.

Whe

n A

UT

O i

s se

lect

ed, t

he T

Vw

ill

auto

mat

ical

ly s

et i

tsel

f to

the

cor

rect

mod

e ba

sed

on t

he t

ype

of s

igna

l it

dete

cts

whe

n th

e A

UT

OP

RO

GR

AM

feat

ure

is a

ctiv

ated

.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

S

HO

WT

OU

SE

TH

ET

UN

ER

MO

DE

CO

NT

RO

L12 T

he T

UN

ER

MO

DE

con

trol

allo

ws

you

to c

hang

e th

e T

V’s

inpu

t si

gnal

to

eith

er A

NT

EN

NA

,C

AB

LE

, or

AU

TO

mod

e. I

t’sim

port

ant

for

the

TV

to k

now

wha

t ty

pe o

f si

gnal

to

look

for

(Cab

le T

Vor

an

Ant

enna

). I

n th

eA

UT

O m

ode,

whe

n th

e A

UT

OP

RO

GR

AM

feat

ure

is a

ctiv

ated

,th

e T

Vw

ill

auto

mat

ical

ly c

hoos

eth

e co

rrec

t m

ode.

1P

ress

th

e M

EN

U b

utt

on o

nth

e re

mot

e to

sho

w t

he o

n-sc

reen

men

u.

2P

ress

th

e C

UR

SOR

UP3

orD

OW

N 4

butt

ons

tosc

roll

thr

ough

the

on-

scre

enm

enu

unti

l th

e w

ord

Inst

all

is h

ighl

ight

ed.

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

Tb

utt

on to

dis

play

the

Inst

allm

enu

feat

ures

.

4P

ress

CU

RS

OR

UP3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

scr

oll

the

Inst

all

feat

ures

unt

il t

hew

ords

Tu

ner

Mod

eis

hig

h-li

ghte

d.

5P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

Tb

utt

on to

sel

ect

eith

erA

nte

nn

a,C

able

, or

Au

tom

ode.

6W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S /E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e on

-scr

een

men

ufr

om t

he T

V’s

scr

een.

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Inst

all

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Eng

lish

Ant

enna

OR

Inst

all

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Eng

lish

Cab

le

Inst

all

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Eng

lish

Aut

o

OR

VOL

2 4

2 4

16 3

Whe

n C

AB

LE

is s

elec

ted,

cha

nnel

s 1-

125

are

avai

labl

e.

Whe

n A

NT

EN

NA

is s

elec

ted,

cha

n-ne

ls 2

-69

are

avai

labl

e.W

hen

AU

TO

is

sele

cted

, the

TV

wil

lau

tom

atic

ally

set

its

elf

to t

he c

orre

ctm

ode

base

d on

the

typ

e of

sig

nal

itde

tect

s w

hen

the

AU

TO

PR

OG

RA

Mfe

atur

e is

act

ivat

ed.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

S

Page 13: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 13L04U AA 3.

PIC

TU

RE

ME

NU

CO

NT

RO

LS

15

Pic

ture

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntC

olor

Tem

p.

50

Brig

htne

ss65

Col

or50

Pic

ture

50

Sha

rpne

ss50

Col

or T

emp.

Nor

mal

War

mor Coo

l

DN

RO

n Off

Tint

0

Con

trast

+O

n Off

To

adju

st y

our

TV

pict

ure

cont

rols

,se

lect

a c

hann

el a

nd u

se th

eP

ictu

re M

enu

Con

trol

s lis

ted

belo

w:

1B

righ

tnes

s C

ontr

ol-

Pre

ss t

heC

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

until

the

dark

est

part

s of

the

pict

ure

are

as b

righ

tas

you

pre

fer.

2C

olor

Con

trol

-P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to a

dd o

r el

imin

ate

colo

r.

3P

ictu

re C

ontr

ol-

Pre

ss t

heC

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

until

ligh

test

par

ts o

fth

e pi

ctur

e sh

ow g

ood

deta

il.

4Sh

arpn

ess

Con

trol

- C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to im

prov

e de

tail

in th

e pi

ctur

e.

5T

int

Con

trol

- P

ress

the

CU

R-

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to o

btai

n na

tura

l ski

nto

nes.

6C

olor

Tem

p C

ontr

ol-

Pre

ssth

eC

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to s

elec

tN

orm

al, C

ool,

or W

arm

pic

ture

pref

eren

ces.

(N

orm

alw

ill k

eep

the

whi

tes,

whi

te; C

ool w

illm

ake

the

whi

tes,

blu

ish;

and

War

m w

ill m

ake

the

whi

tes,

red

-di

sh.)

7D

NR

Con

trol

-P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to tu

rn D

NR

On

orO

ff.

Dyn

amic

Noi

se R

educ

tion

help

s to

elim

inat

e “n

oise

” fr

omth

e pi

ctur

e.

8C

ontr

ast+

Con

trol

- P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to to

ggle

the

cont

rol

On

or O

FF. T

he C

ontr

ast +

con

-tr

ol h

elps

to “

shar

pen”

the

pic-

ture

qua

lity.

The

bla

ck p

ortio

nsof

the

pict

ure

beco

me

rich

er in

dark

ness

and

the

whi

tes

beco

me

brig

hter

.

CH

AN

NE

LE

DIT

14 Cha

nnel

Edi

t mak

es it

eas

y fo

r yo

u to

AD

D o

r D

ELE

TE c

hann

els

from

the

list o

f cha

nnel

s st

ored

in th

e TV

’s m

emor

y.

1P

ress

the

ME

NU

but

ton

on th

ere

mot

e co

ntro

l to

show

the

on-

scre

en m

enu.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

l tho

ugh

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu

until

the

wor

dIn

stal

lis

high

light

ed.

3P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R R

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Inst

allm

enu

feat

ures

.

4P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

l thr

ough

the

Inst

all f

eatu

res

until

the

wor

dsC

hann

el E

dit a

re h

ighl

ight

ed.

5P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R R

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Cha

nnel

Edi

top

tions

.

6W

ith th

e C

hann

elE

dit o

ptio

nsdi

spla

yed,

and

Cha

nnel

high

light

-ed

; you

can

use

the

curs

or b

utto

ns to

scro

ll th

roug

h al

l ava

ilabl

e ch

anne

lsth

at y

ou w

ish

to a

dd (

skip

ped

OFF

)or

del

ete

(Ski

pped

ON

) fr

om th

eT

V’s

mem

ory.

You

can

als

o us

e th

eN

UM

BE

RE

D b

utto

ns to

go

dire

ctly

to a

spe

cifi

c nu

mbe

red

chan

nel t

hat

you

wan

t to

add

or s

kip.

Or,

you

can

also

use

the

CH

+ or

CH

- to

qui

ckly

scan

thro

ugh

the

chan

nels

that

hav

eno

t bee

n sk

ippe

d.

7U

sing

the

CU

RSO

R D

OW

N 4

butto

n, s

crol

l the

men

u to

hig

hlig

htth

e w

ord

SKIP

PED

.

8N

ow u

se th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

to to

ggle

bet

wee

n O

n or

Off

. If

ON

is s

elec

ted

the

chan

nels

issk

ippe

d w

hen

scro

lling

cha

nnel

sw

ith th

e C

H+

or C

H-

butto

ns. I

fO

FF is

sel

ecte

d th

e ch

anne

ls is

not

skip

ped

whe

n sc

rolli

ng c

hann

els

with

the

CH

+ or

CH

- bu

ttons

.

9W

hen

finis

hed,

pre

ss th

e ST

A-

TU

S/E

XIT

butt

on to

rem

ove

the

men

u fr

om th

e sc

reen

.

VOL

Cha

nnel

Edi

tC

hann

elS

kipp

ed12

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Inst

all

Lang

uage

Tune

r Mod

eA

uto

Pro

gram

Cha

nnel

Edi

t

Cha

nnel

Ski

pped

Cha

nnel

Edi

tC

hann

elS

kipp

edO

n

Cha

nnel

Edi

tC

hann

elS

kipp

edO

ff

9

2 4 7

3 5 8 6

1

2 4

6 866

An

“X”

appe

arin

g in

fro

nt o

fan

y ch

anne

l w

ill

indi

cate

tha

tch

anne

l ha

s sk

ip o

n. W

hen

the

CH

+ o

r C

H -

but

tons

are

use

d,th

ose

chan

nels

wil

l be

ski

pped

.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

S

Page 14: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 14 L04U AA3.

VOL

1

14:3

Exp

and

4:3

Man

y ti

mes

whi

le w

atch

ing

mov

ies

from

a D

VD

pla

yer

the

imag

e is

sho

wn

in “

lett

er b

ox”

for

-m

at.

Thi

s is

the

for

mat

tha

t is

show

n in

mov

ie t

heat

ers.

whe

nsh

own

on a

TV

scre

en, t

he i

mag

ew

ill

have

are

as o

f bl

ack

on t

op a

ndbo

ttom

of

the

scre

en.

1P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

sel

ect

one

of t

he t

wo

opti

ons

4:3

orE

xpan

d 4:

3.4:

3 -

Sta

ndar

d fo

rmat

for

the

TV

.E

xpan

d 4

:3 -

Enl

arge

s th

epi

ctur

e to

fil

l ou

t th

e en

tire

scre

en a

rea,

eli

min

atin

g th

e“l

ette

r bo

x” e

ffec

t.

HO

WT

OU

SE

TH

E4:

3 E

XP

AN

DF

OR

MA

TC

ON

TR

OL

17S

OU

ND

ME

NU

CO

NT

RO

LS

16 To

adju

st y

our

TVso

und,

sel

ect a

ndus

e th

e So

und

Men

u C

ontr

ols

liste

dbe

low

:

1Tr

eble

:Pre

ss th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to a

djus

t the

con

trol.

The

con

trol

will

enh

ance

the

high

freq

uenc

yso

unds

.

2B

ass:

Pre

ss th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to a

djus

t the

con

trol.

The

con

trol

will

enh

ance

the

low

freq

uenc

yso

unds

.

3Bal

ance

:Pre

ss th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to a

djus

t the

leve

l of s

ound

com

-in

g fr

om th

e le

ft an

d rig

ht s

peak

-er

s.

4AV

L:

(Aut

o V

olum

e L

evel

er)

Pre

ss th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to tu

rn th

eco

ntro

l On

or O

ff. W

hen

On,

AV

Lw

ill le

vel o

ut th

e so

und

bein

ghe

ard

whe

n su

dden

cha

nges

invo

lum

e oc

cur d

urin

g co

mm

erci

albr

eaks

or c

hann

el c

hang

es.

5In

cr. S

urro

und:

Pre

ss th

e C

UR

-SO

RR

IGH

T2

orL

EF

T1

but-

tons

to s

elec

t bet

wee

n D

olby

Virt

ual o

r Ste

reo

setti

ngs

(If

Ster

eo),

or s

elec

t Spa

tial o

r Mon

o(I

f Mon

o).

6SA

P:P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to to

ggle

this

con

trol t

o O

n or

Off

.SA

Pis

sho

rt fo

r Sec

onda

ry A

udio

Prog

ram

min

g an

d is

sen

t as

ath

ird a

udio

cha

nnel

, a S

AP

sign

alca

n be

hea

rd a

part

from

the

cur-

rent

TV

prog

ram

sou

nd.N

ote:

IfSA

Pis

not

pre

sent

on

a se

lect

edsh

ow N

o SA

Pw

ill a

ppea

r on

the

scre

en.

7So

und:

Pre

ss th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT2

orL

EF

T1

butt

ons

to s

elec

t bet

wee

n St

ereo

or M

ono

setti

ngs.

Not

e: If

Ste

reo

is n

otpr

esen

t on

a se

lect

ed s

how

and

the

TV

is p

lace

d in

the

Ster

eo m

ode,

the

soun

d co

min

g fr

om th

e T

Vw

ill re

mai

n in

the

Mon

o m

ode.

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Treb

leB

ass

Bal

ance

AVL

Incr

. Sur

roun

dM

ore.

..

Treb

le50

Bal

ance

Bas

s

RL

AVL

On

or O

ff

Incr

. Sur

roun

dS

patia

l

or M

ono

Incr

. Sur

roun

d D

olby

Virt

ual

or S

tere

o

Sou

ndM

ono

or S

tere

o

50

SA

PO

nor

Off

Page 15: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 15L04U AA 3.

SET

TIN

GT

VT

OT

UR

NO

NO

RO

FFU

SIN

GST

AR

TO

RST

OP

CO

NT

RO

LS19 Y

ou c

an s

et y

our

TV

to t

urn

itse

lfon

or

off.

You

can

set

the

TV

totu

rn i

tsel

f O

n o

r O

ff

once

or

atth

e sa

me

tim

e ev

eryd

ay.

Fol

low

the

step

s be

low

to

set

the

Star

t an

dSt

op T

ime.

1P

ress

the

ME

NU

but

ton

onth

e re

mot

e to

sho

w th

e on

-sc

reen

men

u.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h th

e on

-scr

een

men

uun

til th

e w

ord

Fea

ture

s is

high

light

ed.

3P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Fea

ture

sm

enu.

4P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Tim

erm

enu.

5P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h th

e T

imer

men

u un

tilSt

art T

ime

orSt

op T

ime

ishi

ghlig

hted

.

6E

nter

the

corr

ect

tim

e by

usin

g th

e N

umbe

red

butt

ons.

7P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

orC

UR

SOR

LE

FT1

but-

tons

to c

hang

e th

e A

M o

r PM

setti

ng.

8W

hen

fini

shed

, pre

ss t

heST

AT

US

/EX

ITbu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e on

-scr

een

men

ufr

om th

e T

V’s

scr

een.

NO

TE

: The

Act

ivat

e C

ontr

ol m

ust

be s

et to

Onc

e or

Dai

ly f

or th

e te

le-

visi

on to

turn

On

or O

ff a

t the

spe

ci-

fied

tim

e. S

ee p

anel

21

for

mor

ede

tails

.

VOL

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Tim

erA

utoL

ock

Act

ive

Con

trol

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

--:--

AM

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:--

AM

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:3

5 A

M

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:3

5 A

M

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:3

5 P

M

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:3

5 P

M

8

2 53 4 7

1

2 5

67

Rem

embe

r, b

e su

re t

o pr

ess

“0”

and

then

the

hou

r nu

mbe

r fo

r si

ngle

dig

iten

trie

s.Y

ou c

an g

et t

o th

e C

lock

set

ting

by

pres

sing

the

Clo

ck b

utto

n on

the

rem

ote

cont

rol.

The

TV

’s c

lock

set

ting

s m

ay b

e lo

stw

hen

the

TV

is u

nplu

gged

or

whe

nA

C p

ower

to

the

set

is i

nter

rupt

ed.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

S

NO

TE

: A

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol w

ill o

nly

app

ear

in t

he

men

u o

f m

odel

s27

PT

6441

/37

and

27P

T64

42/3

7.

SE

TT

ING

TH

ET

V C

LO

CK

US

ING

TH

ET

IME

RC

ON

TR

OL

18 You

r te

levi

sion

com

es w

ith

anon

-scr

een

cloc

k.

Dur

ing

nor-

mal

ope

rati

on, t

he c

lock

app

ears

on t

he s

cree

n w

hen

the

STA

TU

S/E

XIT

butt

on i

s pr

esse

d or

if t

he T

imer

Dis

play

con

trol

is

turn

ed O

n.

1P

ress

th

e M

EN

U b

utt

on o

nth

e re

mot

e to

sho

w t

he o

n-sc

reen

men

u.

2P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

scr

oll

thro

ugh

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu

unti

l th

e w

ord

Fea

ture

s is

high

ligh

ted.

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heF

eatu

res

men

u.

4P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heT

imer

men

u.

5E

nte

rth

e co

rrec

t ti

me

by

usi

ng

the

Nu

mb

ered

bu

t-to

ns.

6P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

orC

UR

SO

R L

EF

T1

bu

tton

sto

cha

nge

the

AM

or

PM

set

ting

.

7W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S /E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e on

-scr

een

men

ufr

om t

he T

V’s

scr

een.

VOL

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Tim

erA

utoL

ock

Act

ive

Con

trol

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

--:--

AM

7 3 4 6

1

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:--

AM

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:3

5 A

M

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

10:3

5 P

M

56

2

2

NO

TE

: A

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol w

ill o

nly

app

ear

in t

he

men

u o

f m

odel

s27

PT

6441

/37

and

27P

T64

42/3

7.

Rem

embe

r, b

e su

re t

o pr

ess

“0”

and

then

the

hou

r nu

mbe

r fo

r si

ngle

dig

iten

trie

s.Y

ou c

an g

et t

o th

e C

lock

set

ting

by

pres

sing

the

Clo

ck b

utto

n on

the

rem

ote

cont

rol.

The

TV

’s c

lock

set

ting

s m

ay b

e lo

stw

hen

the

TV

is u

nplu

gged

or

whe

n A

Cpo

wer

to

the

set

is i

nter

rupt

ed.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

S

Page 16: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 16 L04U AA3.

AC

TIV

AT

EC

ON

TR

OL

21 Afte

r yo

u ha

ve s

et th

e Ti

me,

Sta

rtTi

me,

Sto

p Ti

me,

and

Sta

rtC

hann

el, t

he ti

mer

mus

t be

set t

oco

me

on O

nce

or D

aily

, or

turn

ed O

ffth

roug

h th

e A

ctiv

ate

cont

rol.

1P

ress

the

ME

NU

but

ton

on th

ere

mot

e to

sho

w th

e on

-scr

een

men

u.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h th

e on

-scr

een

men

uun

til th

e w

ord

Fea

ture

s is

hig

h-lig

hted

.

3P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Fea

ture

sm

enu.

4P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h th

e on

-scr

een

men

uun

til th

e w

ord

Tim

eris

hig

h-lig

hted

.

5P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Tim

erm

enu.

6P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orC

UR

SOR

DO

WN

4bu

tton

sto

hig

hlig

ht th

e A

ctiv

ate

Con

trol

.

7P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

orC

UR

SOR

LE

FT1

butt

ons

repe

ated

ly to

sel

ect O

nce,

Dai

ly,

or O

ff.

8W

hen

fini

shed

, pre

ss t

he S

TA

-T

US

/EX

ITbu

tton

to r

emov

eth

e on

-scr

een

men

u fr

om th

eT

V’s

scr

een.

VOL

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Tim

erA

utoL

ock

Act

ive

Con

trol

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

e

Off

Dis

play

8 3 5 7

1Ti

mer

Tim

eS

tart

Tim

eS

top

Tim

eC

hann

elA

ctiv

ate

Dis

play

10:--

AM

7

2 4 6

OR

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

e

Dai

lyD

ispl

ay

OR

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

e

Onc

eD

ispl

ay

2 4 6

Rem

embe

r, be

fore

set

ting

the

Tim

er c

on-

trol

s, th

e T

V’s

clo

ck m

ust b

e se

t to

the

corr

ect t

ime,

see

pan

el 1

8 fo

r de

tails

. T

he T

V’s

clo

ck s

ettin

gs m

ay b

e lo

st w

hen

the

TV

is u

nplu

gged

or

whe

n A

C p

ower

to th

e se

t is

inte

rrup

ted.

Y

ou c

an g

et to

the

Clo

ck s

ettin

g by

pre

ss-

ing

the

Clo

ck b

utto

n on

the

rem

ote

con-

trol

.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

S

NO

TE

: A

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol w

ill o

nly

app

ear

in t

he

men

u o

f m

odel

s27

PT

6441

/37

and

27P

T64

42/3

7.

SE

TT

ING

TV

TO

ST

AR

TU

PO

NA

SP

EC

IFIC

CH

AN

NE

L20 Y

ou c

an s

elec

t a

spec

ific

cha

nnel

that

the

tel

evis

ion

wil

l tu

ne t

ow

hen

the

tim

er t

urns

the

set

On.

Fol

low

the

se s

teps

to

sele

ct t

hech

anne

l.

1P

ress

the

ME

NU

but

ton

onth

e re

mot

e to

sho

w th

e on

-sc

reen

men

u.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h th

e on

-scr

een

men

uun

til th

e w

ord

Fea

ture

s is

high

light

ed.

3P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Fea

ture

sm

enu.

4W

ith

Tim

erse

lect

ed, p

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Tim

er m

enu.

5P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

to s

crol

lth

roug

h th

e T

imer

men

u un

tilC

hann

elis

hig

hlig

hted

.

6P

ress

the

Num

bere

d bu

tton

sto

ent

er th

e de

sire

d st

art-

upch

anne

l. O

r, pr

ess

the

CU

R-

SOR

RIG

HT2

orC

UR

SOR

LE

FT1

or th

e C

H+

or

CH

-bu

ttons

rep

eate

dly

to e

nter

the

star

t-up

cha

nnel

you

wan

t.

NO

TE

:The

Act

ivat

e C

ontr

ol m

ust

be s

et to

Onc

e or

Dai

ly f

or th

isC

hann

el c

ontr

ol to

take

eff

ect.

7W

hen

fini

shed

, pre

ss t

heST

AT

US

/EX

ITbu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e on

-scr

een

men

ufr

om th

e T

V’s

scr

een.

VOL

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Tim

erA

utoL

ock

Act

ive

Con

trol

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

2A

ctiv

ate

Dis

play

7 3 4 6

1Ti

mer

Tim

eS

tart

Tim

eS

top

Tim

eC

hann

elA

ctiv

ate

Dis

play

10:--

AM

66 2 5

2 5

6

Rem

embe

r, b

e su

re t

o pr

ess

“0”

and

then

the

hou

r nu

mbe

r fo

r si

ngle

dig

iten

trie

s.Y

ou c

an g

et t

o th

e C

lock

set

ting

by

pres

sing

the

Clo

ck b

utto

n on

the

rem

ote

cont

rol.

The

TV

’s c

lock

set

ting

s m

ay b

e lo

stw

hen

the

TV

is u

nplu

gged

or

whe

nA

C p

ower

to

the

set

is i

nter

rupt

ed.

HE

LP

FU

LH

INT

S

NO

TE

: A

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol w

ill o

nly

app

ear

in t

he

men

u o

f m

odel

s27

PT

6441

/37

and

27P

T64

42/3

7.

Page 17: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 17L04U AA 3.

AC

TIV

EC

ON

TR

OL

OP

TIO

NS

23 The

Act

ive

Con

trol

mon

itor

san

d ad

just

s in

com

ing

vide

osi

gnal

s to

hel

p pr

ovid

e th

e be

stpi

ctur

e qu

alit

y.W

hen

you

choo

se t

o tu

rn t

heA

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol O

n, t

he p

ictu

resh

arpn

ess

and

nois

e re

duct

ion

are

cont

roll

ed a

utom

atic

ally

. Act

ive

Con

trol

adj

usts

the

se p

ictu

re s

et-

ting

s co

ntin

uous

ly a

nd a

utom

ati-

call

y.N

OT

E:

Act

ive

Con

trol

is

only

avai

labl

e in

mod

els

27P

T64

41/3

7an

d 27

PT

6442

/37.

1P

ress

th

e M

EN

U b

utt

on o

nth

e re

mot

e to

sho

w t

he o

n-sc

reen

men

u.

2P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N 4

bu

tton

sto

scro

ll t

hrou

gh t

he o

n-sc

reen

men

u un

til

the

wor

dF

eatu

res

is h

ighl

ight

ed.

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heF

eatu

res

men

u.

4P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N 4

bu

tton

sto

repe

ated

ly u

ntil

Act

ive

Con

trol

is h

ighl

ight

ed.

5P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

orC

UR

SO

R L

EF

T1

bu

tton

sto

tog

gle

the

Act

ive

Con

trol

On

or O

ff.

6W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S /E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e on

-scr

een

men

ufr

om t

he T

V’s

scr

een.

VOL

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Tim

erA

utoL

ock

Act

ive

Con

trol

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

6 3 5

1 5

2 4F

eatu

res

Tim

erA

utoL

ock

Act

ive

Con

trol

On

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

Fea

ture

sTi

mer

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

l

O

ffD

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o OR

2 4

NO

TE

: A

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol w

ill o

nly

app

ear

in t

he

men

u o

f m

odel

s27

PT

6441

/37

and

27P

T64

42/3

7.

HO

WT

OV

IEW

TIM

EU

SIN

GT

HE

DIS

PL

AY

CO

NT

RO

L22 A

fter

the

TV

’s c

lock

has

bee

nse

t, yo

u ca

n us

e yo

ur T

Vas

acl

ock.

T

he D

ispl

ay c

ontr

ol a

llow

syo

u to

per

man

entl

y di

spla

y th

eti

me

in t

he u

pper

rig

ht c

orne

r of

the

scre

en.

1P

ress

th

e M

EN

U b

utt

on o

nth

e re

mot

e to

sho

w t

he o

n-sc

reen

men

u.

2P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

scr

oll

thro

ugh

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu

unti

l th

e w

ord

Fea

ture

s is

high

ligh

ted.

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heF

eatu

res

men

u.

4P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

scr

oll

thro

ugh

the

on-s

cree

n m

enu

unti

l th

e w

ord

Tim

eris

hig

h-li

ghte

d.

5W

ith

Tim

erh

igh

ligh

ted

,p

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heT

imer

men

u.

6P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RU

P3

orC

UR

SO

R D

OW

N 4

bu

tton

sto

hig

hlig

ht t

he D

ispl

ayC

ontr

ol.

7P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

orC

UR

SO

R L

EF

T1

bu

t-to

ns

repe

ated

ly t

o se

lect

On

or O

ff.

8W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S /E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e on

-scr

een

men

ufr

om t

he T

V’s

scr

een.

VOL

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Brig

htne

ssC

olor

Pic

ture

Sha

rpne

ssTi

ntM

ore.

..

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Tim

erA

utoL

ock

Act

ive

Con

trol

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

O

n

8 3 5 7

1Ti

mer

Tim

eS

tart

Tim

eS

top

Tim

eC

hann

elA

ctiv

ate

Dis

play

10:--

AM

7

2 4 6

OR

Tim

erTi

me

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

O

ff

2 4 6

NO

TE

: A

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol w

ill o

nly

app

ear

in t

he

men

u o

f m

odel

s27

PT

6441

/37

and

27P

T64

42/3

7.

Page 18: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 18 L04U AA3.

SE

TT

ING

UP

AN

AC

CE

SS

CO

DE

25 Ove

r th

e ne

xt fe

w p

anel

s yo

u’ll

lear

n ho

w to

blo

ck c

hann

els

and

get a

bet

ter

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

ratin

g te

rms

for

cert

ain

pro-

gram

min

g.F

irst

, let

’s s

tart

by

lear

ning

how

tose

t a p

erso

nal a

cces

s co

de:

1P

ress

the

ME

NU

but

ton

onth

e re

mot

e to

dis

play

the

on-

scre

en m

enu.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

until

the

wor

dF

eatu

res

is h

ighl

ight

ed.

3P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R R

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

Fea

ture

s m

enu

optio

ns.

4P

ress

the

CU

RSO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

butt

ons

until

the

wor

ds A

uto

Loc

k™ar

e hi

gh-

light

ed.

5P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

on.T

he s

cree

n w

illre

ad,“

Acc

ess

Cod

e-

- -

- .”

6U

sing

the

NU

MB

ER

ED

but

-to

ns, e

nter

0, 7

, 1, 1

.“X

XX

X”

appe

ars

on th

eA

cces

s C

ode

scre

en a

s yo

upr

ess

the

num

bere

d bu

ttons

.“I

ncor

rect

Cod

e”w

ill a

ppea

ron

the

scre

en, a

nd y

ou w

illne

ed t

o en

ter

0, 7

, 1, 1

aga

in.

7T

he s

cree

n w

ill a

sk y

ou to

ente

r a

“New

Cod

e.”

Ent

era

“new

” 4

digi

t co

de u

sing

the

NU

MB

ER

ED

but

tons

. The

scre

en w

ill th

en a

sk y

ou to

CO

NF

IRM

the

code

you

just

ente

red.

Ent

eryo

urne

w c

ode

agai

n. “

XX

XX

” w

ill a

ppea

rw

hen

you

ente

r yo

ur n

ew c

ode

and

then

dis

play

the

Aut

oLoc

k™m

enu

optio

ns.

Pro

ceed

to th

e ne

xt p

anel

to le

arn

mor

e...

Mai

nP

ictu

reS

ound

Fea

ture

sIn

stal

l

Tim

erR

otat

ion

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

lD

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o

Fea

ture

sTi

mer

Sta

rt Ti

me

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

Acc

ess

Cod

e -

- - -

Aut

oLoc

kB

lock

Cha

nnel

Set

up C

ode

Cle

ar A

llB

lock

All

Mov

ie R

atin

gT

V R

atin

g

OffS

top

Tim

eC

hann

elA

ctiv

ate

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Cod

e X

XX

XIn

corr

ect

New

Cod

e -

- - -

Con

firm

Cod

e X

XX

X

VOL

1

3 5

2 4

6 7

2 4

Tim

erR

otat

ion

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

lD

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o

Acc

ess

Cod

e X

XX

X

Fea

ture

sTi

mer

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

lD

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o

Fea

ture

sTi

mer

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

lD

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o

Fea

ture

sTi

mer

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

lD

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o

Fea

ture

sTi

mer

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

lD

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o

Fea

ture

sTi

mer

Aut

oLoc

kA

ctiv

e C

ontro

l D

igi.

Pic

. Dem

o

NO

TE

: A

ctiv

e C

ontr

ol w

ill o

nly

ap

pea

rin

th

e m

enu

of

mod

els

27P

T64

41/3

7 an

d27

PT

6442

/37.

UN

DE

RS

TA

ND

ING

AU

TO

LO

CK

CO

NT

RO

LS

24 The

Aut

oLoc

k™fe

atur

e is

an

inte

grat

-ed

cir

cuit

that

rec

eive

s an

d pr

oces

ses

data

sen

t by

broa

dcas

ters

, or

othe

r pr

o-gr

am p

rovi

ders

, tha

t con

tain

pro

gram

cont

ent a

dvis

orie

s. W

hen

prog

ram

med

by th

e vi

ewer

, a T

Vw

ith A

utoL

ock™

can

resp

ond

to th

e co

nten

t adv

isor

ies

and

bloc

k pr

ogra

m c

onte

nt th

at m

ay b

e fo

und

obje

ctio

nabl

e (s

uch

as o

ffens

ive

lan-

guag

e, v

iole

nce,

sex

ual s

ituat

ions

, etc

.).

Thi

s is

a g

reat

feat

ure

to c

enso

r th

e ty

peof

vie

win

g ch

ildre

n m

ay w

atch

.A

utoL

ock™

offe

rs v

ario

us B

LO

CK

-IN

G c

ontr

ols

from

whi

ch t

o ch

oose

:A

cces

s C

ode

- A

n A

cces

s C

ode

mus

t be

set t

o pr

even

t chi

ldre

n fr

om u

nblo

ckin

gqu

estio

nabl

e or

cen

sore

d pr

ogra

mm

ing

set b

y th

eir

pare

nts.

Cha

nnel

Blo

ck -

Aft

er a

n ac

cess

cod

eha

s be

en p

rogr

amm

ed, y

ou c

an b

lock

indi

vidu

al c

hann

els

incl

udin

g th

e A

/Vin

puts

.C

lear

All

- A

llow

s yo

u cl

ear

all c

hann

els

bein

g bl

ocke

d fr

om y

our

view

ing

set

with

the

Cha

nnel

Blo

ck C

ontr

ol.

Blo

ck A

ll -

Allo

ws

you

to b

lock

AL

Lch

anne

ls a

nd A

/Vin

puts

at o

ne ti

me.

Mov

ie R

atin

gs -

Cer

tain

blo

ckin

gop

tions

exi

st w

hich

will

blo

ck p

rogr

am-

min

g ba

sed

on r

atin

gs p

atte

rned

by

the

Mot

ion

Pict

ures

Ass

ocia

tion

of A

mer

ica.

TV

Rat

ings

- J

ust l

ike

the

Mov

ieR

atin

gs, p

rogr

ams

can

be b

lock

ed f

rom

view

ing

usin

g st

anda

rd T

Vra

tings

set

by

TV

broa

dcas

ters

.

MO

VIE

RA

TIN

GS

G:

Gen

eral

Aud

ienc

e -

All

ages

adm

it-te

d. M

ost p

aren

ts w

ould

fin

d th

is p

ro-

gram

sui

tabl

e fo

r al

l age

s.P

G:

Par

enta

l Gui

danc

e Su

gges

ted

-T

his

prog

ram

min

g co

ntai

ns m

ater

ial t

hat

pare

nts

may

find

uns

uita

ble

for y

oung

erch

ildre

n.P

G-1

3: P

aren

ts S

tron

gly

Cau

tione

d -

Thi

s pr

ogra

mm

ing

cont

ains

mat

eria

l tha

tpa

rent

s m

ay fi

nd u

nsui

tabl

e fo

r chi

ldre

nun

der t

he a

ge o

f 13.

MO

VIE

RA

TIN

GS

Con

tinu

edR

: Res

tric

ted

- Thi

s is

pro

gram

min

g is

spec

ifica

lly d

esig

ned

for a

dults

. A

nyon

eun

der t

he a

ge o

f 17

shou

ld o

nly

view

this

prog

ram

min

g w

ith a

n ac

com

pany

ing

par-

ent o

r adu

lt gu

ardi

an.

NC

-17:

No

one

unde

rth

e ag

e of

17

will

be a

dmitt

ed. -

Thi

s ty

pe o

f pro

gram

min

gsh

ould

be

view

ed b

y ad

ults

onl

y.X

: Adu

lts O

nly

-Thi

s ty

pe o

f pro

gram

-m

ing

cont

ains

one

or m

ore

of th

e fo

llow

-in

g: v

ery

grap

hic

viol

ence

, ver

y gr

aphi

can

d ex

plic

it or

inde

cent

sex

ual a

cts,

ver

yco

arse

and

inte

nsel

y su

gges

tive

lang

uage

.

TV

RA

TIN

GS

TV

-Y--

Des

igne

d fo

r a v

ery

youn

g au

di-

ence

, inc

ludi

ng c

hild

ren

ages

2-6

.T

V-Y

7--

It m

ay b

e ap

prop

riate

for c

hil-

dren

age

7 a

nd a

bove

who

hav

e ac

quire

dth

e de

velo

pmen

t ski

lls n

eede

d to

dis

tin-

guis

h be

twee

n m

ake-

belie

ve a

nd re

ality

.T

V-G

-- S

uita

ble

for m

ost a

udie

nces

, thi

sty

pe o

f pro

gram

min

g co

ntai

ns li

ttle

or n

ovi

olen

ce, n

o st

rong

lang

uage

, and

littl

e or

no s

exua

l dia

logu

e or

situ

atio

ns.

TV

-PG

-- T

his

prog

ram

con

tain

s m

ater

ial

that

par

ents

may

find

uns

uita

ble

for

youn

ger c

hild

ren.

Cou

ld c

onta

in M

oder

ate

viol

ence

(V),

som

e se

xual

situ

atio

ns (S

),in

freq

uent

coa

rse

lang

uage

(L),

or s

ome

sugg

estiv

e di

alog

ue (D

).

TV

-14

-- T

his

prog

ram

con

tain

s so

me

mat

eria

l tha

t man

y pa

rent

s w

ould

find

unsu

itabl

e fo

r chi

ldre

n un

der 1

4 ye

ars

ofag

e. T

his

type

of p

rogr

amm

ing

cont

ains

one

or m

ore

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

inte

nse

vio-

lenc

e (V

), in

tens

e se

xual

situ

atio

ns (S

),st

rong

coa

rse

lang

uage

(L),

or in

tens

ely

sugg

estiv

e di

alog

ue (D

).

TV

-MA

-- T

his

prog

ram

is s

peci

fical

lyde

sign

ed to

be

view

ed b

y ad

ults

and

ther

e-fo

re m

ay b

e un

suita

ble

for c

hild

ren

unde

r17

. Thi

s ty

pe o

f pro

gram

min

g co

ntai

ns o

neor

mor

e of

the

follo

win

g: g

raph

ic v

iole

nce

(V),

expl

icit

sexu

al s

ituat

ions

(S),

or c

rude

inde

cent

lang

uage

(L).

Page 19: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 19L04U AA 3.

BL

OC

K/C

LE

AR

AL

LC

HA

NN

EL

SA

TT

HE

SA

ME

TIM

E27 A

fter

blo

ckin

g sp

ecif

ic c

hann

els

ther

e m

ay c

ome

a ti

me

whe

nyo

u w

ant

to b

lock

or

clea

r al

l th

ech

anne

ls a

t th

e sa

me

tim

e.

Onc

e yo

u’ve

ent

ered

you

r ac

cess

code

and

the

Aut

oLoc

k™fe

atur

esar

e di

spla

yed

on t

he s

cree

n:

1P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

sel

ect

eith

er C

lear

All

or

Blo

ckA

ll.

2If

Cle

arA

llis

sel

ecte

d, p

ress

the

CU

RS

OR

RIG

HT2

bu

tton

to c

lear

all

blo

cked

chan

nels

. All

cha

nnel

s w

ill

bevi

ewab

le.

If B

lock

All

is s

elec

ted

, pre

ssth

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to t

urn

the

cont

rol

On

or O

ff. W

hen

On

is s

elec

ted,

AL

Lav

aila

ble

chan

nels

wil

lbe

blo

cked

fro

m v

iew

ing.

3W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S/E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e m

enu

from

the

scre

en.

NO

TE

:If

you

eve

r fo

rget

you

rco

de, t

he 0

, 7, 1

, 1 c

ode

is t

he f

ac-

tory

def

ault

and

can

be

used

to

ente

r an

d cr

eate

a n

ew a

cces

sco

de.

Aut

oLoc

kB

lock

Cha

nnel

Set

up C

ode

Cle

ar A

llB

lock

All

Mov

ie R

atin

gT

V R

atin

g

Cle

ar ?

Sto

p Ti

me

Cha

nnel

Act

ivat

eD

ispl

ay

Cle

ar A

llC

lear

ed

Aut

oLoc

kB

lock

Cha

nnel

Set

up C

ode

Cle

ar A

llB

lock

All

Mov

ie R

atin

gT

V R

atin

g

Off

Blo

ck A

llO

n

VOL

1

1

23

BL

OC

KC

HA

NN

EL

S26 A

fter

you

r pe

rson

al a

cces

s co

deha

s be

en s

et (

see

prev

ious

page

), y

ou a

re n

ow r

eady

to

sele

ctth

e ch

anne

ls o

r th

e A

/VIn

puts

you

wan

t to

blo

ck o

ut o

r ce

nsor

.O

nce

you’

ve e

nter

ed y

our

acce

ssco

de a

nd t

he A

utoL

ock™

feat

ures

are

disp

laye

d on

the

scr

een:

1P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sun

til

the

wor

dsB

lock

Ch

ann

el a

rehi

ghli

ghte

d.

2P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

RR

IGH

T2

bu

tton

to t

urn

bloc

king

ON

or

OF

F f

or t

hat

chan

nel.

Whe

n O

N i

s se

lect

ed t

hech

anne

l w

ill

be b

lock

ed.

3P

ress

th

e C

H +

or

CH

– b

ut-

ton

to s

elec

t ot

her

chan

nels

you

wis

h to

blo

ck. R

epea

tst

eps

2-3

to b

lock

the

new

chan

nel.

4W

hen

fin

ish

ed, p

ress

th

eS

TA

TU

S/E

XIT

bu

tton

tore

mov

e th

e m

enu

from

the

scre

en.

NO

TE

: If

you

eve

r fo

rget

you

rco

de, t

he 0

, 7, 1

, 1 c

ode

is t

he f

ac-

tory

def

ault

and

can

be

used

to

ente

r an

d cr

eate

a n

ew a

cces

s co

de.

Aut

oLoc

kB

lock

Cha

nnel

Set

up C

ode

Cle

ar A

llB

lock

All

Mov

ie R

atin

gT

V R

atin

g

OffS

top

Tim

eC

hann

elA

ctiv

ate

Dis

play

Cha

nnel

12

Blo

cked

By

Aut

oLoc

kC

hann

el B

lock

ing

Acc

ess

Cod

e- -

- -

Blo

ck C

hann

elO

n

VOL

1

1

324Ent

er y

our

Acc

ess

Cod

e to

view

a tu

ned

chan

nel t

hat i

sbl

ocke

d w

ithB

lock

Cha

nnel

.

Page 20: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 20 L04U AA3.

TV

RA

TIN

GS

29 The

Aut

oLoc

k™fe

atur

e ca

nbl

ock

prog

ram

min

g ba

sed

on th

eTV

Indu

stry

rat

ings

.

Onc

e yo

u’ve

ent

ered

you

r ac

cess

code

and

the

Aut

oLoc

k™fe

atur

esar

e di

spla

yed

on th

e sc

reen

:

1P

ress

the

CU

RS

OR

UP3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

hig

h-lig

ht th

e w

ords

TV

Rat

ing.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

dis

play

the

TV

Rat

ing

optio

ns (

TV

-Y, T

V-Y

7,T

V-G

, TV

-PG

, TV

-14,

or T

V-

MA

).

3P

ress

the

CU

RS

OR

UP3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

hig

h-lig

ht a

ny o

f th

e T

VR

atin

gop

tions

.Whe

n hi

ghlig

hted

, all

thes

e op

tions

can

be

turn

edO

n(w

hich

will

allo

w b

lock

ing)

orO

ff(w

hich

will

allo

w v

iew

ing)

.

NO

TE

:Som

e T

VR

AT

ING

opt

ions

also

hav

e su

b-ra

tings

. The

rat

ings

of

TV

-Y7,

TV

-PG

, TV

-14,

TV

-MA

can

be c

usto

miz

ed to

blo

ck V

(vio

lenc

e),

FV(f

anta

sy v

iole

nce)

, S (

sexu

al s

itua-

tions

), L

(coa

rse

lang

uage

), or

D (

sug-

gest

ive

dial

ogue

).

4P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onon

the

rem

ote

to tu

rnth

e T

V-Y

or T

V-G

rat

ing

On

orO

ff. O

r, pr

ess

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

ent

er th

esu

b-m

enus

for

the

TV

-Y7,

TV

-PG

, TV

-14

or T

V-M

Ara

tings

.

5If

the

TV

-Y7,

TV

-PG

, TV

-14

orT

V-M

Asu

b-m

enu

is a

cces

sed,

pres

s th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

sel

ect

one

of th

e op

tions

(B

lock

All,

V,

S, L

, D, o

r FV

).

6P

ress

th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT

2bu

tton

on t

he r

emot

e to

turn

the

opt

ion

ON

or

OF

F.

TV

Rat

ing

TV

-YT

V-Y

7T

V-G

TV

-PG

TV

-14

TV

-MA

Off

TV

-YO

n

TV

-Y7

Blo

ck A

ll, F

V

TV

-GO

ff

TV

-14

Blo

ck A

ll, V

, S, L

, D

TV

-MA

Blo

ck A

ll, V

, S, L

TV

-PG

Blo

ck A

ll, V

, S, L

, D

VOL

1 3 5

1 3 52 4 6

MO

VIE

RA

TIN

GS

28 The

Aut

oLoc

k™fe

atur

e ca

nbl

ock

prog

ram

min

g ba

sed

onth

e M

ovie

Ind

ustr

y ra

ting

s.

Onc

e yo

u’ve

ent

ered

you

r ac

cess

code

and

the

Aut

oLoc

k™fe

atur

esar

e di

spla

yed

on t

he s

cree

n:

1P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

hig

h-li

ght

the

wor

ds M

ovie

Rat

ing.

2P

ress

th

e C

UR

SOR

RIG

HT

2bu

tton

to d

ispl

ay t

heM

ovie

Rat

ing

opti

ons

(G,

PG

, PG

-13,

R, N

C17

, or

X).

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

hig

h-li

ght

any

of t

he M

ovie

Rat

ing

opti

ons.

Whe

n hi

ghli

ghte

d,al

l th

ese

opti

ons

can

betu

rned

On

(whi

ch w

ill

allo

wbl

ocki

ng)

orO

ff(w

hich

wil

lal

low

vie

win

g).

4U

se t

he

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onon

the

rem

ote

to t

urn

the

rati

ng o

ptio

n O

n or

Off

.

Whe

n a

rati

ng l

evel

is

chos

en t

o be

bloc

ked,

any

hig

her

leve

l ra

ting

wil

l al

so b

e bl

ocke

d fr

om v

iew

ing.

(i.e

.: If

“R

” is

sel

ecte

d to

be

bloc

ked,

NC

-17

and

X w

ill

auto

-m

atic

ally

be

bloc

ked.

)

NO

TE

:If

you

eve

r fo

rget

you

rco

de, t

he 0

, 7, 1

, 1 c

ode

is t

he f

ac-

tory

def

ault

and

can

be

used

to

ente

r an

d cr

eate

a n

ew a

cces

sco

de.

Aut

oLoc

kB

lock

Cha

nnel

Set

up C

ode

Cle

ar A

llB

lock

All

Mov

ie R

atin

gT

V R

atin

g

G PG

PG

-13

R NC

-17

X

Mov

ie R

atin

gG P

GP

G-1

3R N

C-1

7X

Off

GO

n

VOL

1 3

1 3

2 4

Page 21: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 21L04U AA 3.

CL

OS

ED

CA

PT

ION

ING

31 Clo

sed

Cap

tion

ing

(CC

) al

low

syo

u to

rea

d th

e vo

ice

cont

ent

ofte

levi

sion

pro

gram

s on

the

TV

scre

en. D

esig

ned

to h

elp

the

hear

-in

g im

pair

ed, t

his

feat

ure

uses

on-

scre

en “

text

box

es”

to

show

dia

-lo

gue

and

conv

ersa

tion

s w

hile

the

TV

prog

ram

is

in p

rogr

ess.

1P

ress

the

CC

but

ton

on th

ere

mot

e to

dis

play

the

curr

ent

Clo

sed

Cap

tion

setti

ng.

2P

ress

the

CC

but

ton

repe

at-

edly

to c

hoos

e fr

om t

he f

our

Clo

sed

Cap

tion

opt

ions

(C

CO

ff, C

C1,

CC

2, C

C M

ute)

.

3W

hen

fini

shed

, pre

ss t

he S

TA

-T

US

/EX

ITbu

tton

to r

emov

eth

e m

enu

from

the

TV

’s s

cree

n.

CC

Mut

e

CC

Off

CC

1

CC

2

CC

Off

VOL

1 23

You

r T

Vca

n be

set

to

auto

mat

i-ca

lly

turn

its

elf

off

at a

giv

enam

ount

of

tim

e.

1P

ress

th

e S

LE

EP

bu

tton

on

the

rem

ote

cont

rol

and

the

SL

EE

Pti

mer

dis

play

wil

lap

pear

on

the

scre

en.

2P

ress

th

e S

LE

EP

bu

tton

repe

ated

ly t

o pi

ck t

he a

mou

ntof

tim

e (1

5, 3

0, 4

5, 6

0, 9

0, 1

20,

180,

or

240

min

utes

) be

fore

the

TV

wil

l tu

rn i

tsel

f of

f.

NO

TE

:An

on-s

cree

n co

unt

dow

nw

ill

appe

ar d

urin

g th

e la

st m

inut

ebe

fore

the

TV

shut

s it

self

off

. If

any

butt

on i

s pr

esse

d du

ring

the

las

tm

inut

e of

the

cou

ntdo

wn,

the

Sle

epti

mer

set

ting

wil

l be

can

cell

ed.

Sle

ep 1

5

Sle

ep 3

0

Sle

ep 4

5

Sle

ep 6

0

Sle

ep 9

0

Sle

ep 1

20

Sle

ep 1

80

Sle

ep 2

40

Sle

ep 1

5

Sle

ep o

ff

VOL

1 2

SL

EE

PT

IME

R

BL

OC

KIN

GO

PT

ION

S30 A

utoL

ock™

offe

rs t

he v

iew

er o

ther

blo

ck-

ing

feat

ures

as

wel

l. W

ith

thes

e B

lock

ing

Opt

ions

, the

cen

sori

ng c

an b

e tu

rned

ON

or

OF

F.

Onc

e yo

u’ve

ent

ered

you

r ac

cess

cod

e an

dth

e A

utoL

ock™

feat

ures

are

dis

play

ed o

n th

esc

reen

:

1P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sun

til

the

wor

ds B

lock

Op

tion

sar

e hi

ghli

ghte

d.

2P

ress

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

butt

onto

disp

lay

the

Blo

ckin

g O

ptio

ns (

Blo

ckin

g,U

nrat

ed, o

rN

o R

atin

g) m

enu.

Blo

ckin

g:M

ight

be

calle

d th

e “m

aste

rsw

itch”

for

Aut

oLoc

k™. W

hen

On,

AL

Lbl

ocki

ng/c

enso

ring

will

take

pla

ce. W

hen

Off

,A

LL

bloc

king

is d

isab

led.

Unr

ated

:AL

Lun

rate

d pr

ogra

ms

base

d on

the

Mov

ie R

atin

gs o

r P

aren

tal (

TV

) G

uide

lines

can

be b

lock

ed if

this

fea

ture

is s

et to

On

and

the

Blo

ckin

gfe

atur

e is

set

to O

FF.

No

Rat

ing:

AL

Lpr

ogra

mm

ing

with

NO

con

-te

nt a

dvis

ory

data

can

be

bloc

ked

if s

et to

On

and

the

Blo

ckin

gfe

atur

e is

set

to O

FF.

3P

ress

th

e C

UR

SO

R U

P3

orD

OW

N4

bu

tton

sto

hig

hlig

ht t

he d

esir

ed f

ea-

ture

.

4W

hen

high

ligh

ted,

eac

h fe

atur

e ca

n be

turn

edO

nor

Off

usi

ng

the

CU

RSO

RR

IGH

T2

orth

e C

UR

SOR

LE

FT1

butt

ons

on t

he r

emot

e.

Aut

oLoc

kS

etup

Cod

eC

lear

All

Blo

ck A

llM

ovie

Rat

ing

TV

Rat

ing

Blo

ck O

ptio

ns

Blo

ckin

gO

n

Unr

ated

On

No

Rat

ing

On

VOL

1 3

1 3

2 4

4

DE

MO

MO

DE

With

Dem

o M

ode

On,

a s

plit

scre

en d

emo

will

be

show

n on

the

scre

en.

The

Dem

oM

ode

will

sho

w th

e ri

ght s

ide

wih

sho

w a

shar

per

imag

e w

ith m

ore

natu

ral m

otio

n.

1P

ress

the

MU

TE

but

ton

on th

e re

mot

eap

prox

imat

ely

3-4

seco

nds.

The

spl

itsc

reen

dem

o ap

pear

s. A

fter

20

seco

nds,

the

TV

will

aut

omat

ical

ly r

eurn

to n

or-

mal

ope

ratio

n.

Not

e:Y

ou c

an a

lso

turn

the

Dig

ital P

ictu

reD

emo

On

or O

ff b

y us

ing

on-s

cree

n m

enu.

VOL1

Dig

i. P

ic. D

emo

Page 22: PHILIPS L04

Directions for UseEN 22 L04U AA3.

QU

AD

RA

SU

RF

33 The

Qua

draS

urf™

cont

rol

allo

ws

you

set

up f

our

diff

eren

t pe

rson

-al

cha

nnel

Sur

f li

sts

usin

g th

e co

l-or

ed b

utto

ns (

on t

he r

emot

e co

n-tr

ol),

eac

h ho

ldin

g up

to

ten

chan

-ne

ls i

n it

s qu

ick

view

ing“

list

.”

1P

ress

the

CH

AN

NE

L(+

) or

(–)

butt

ons

(or

the

NU

MB

ER

butto

ns)

to s

elec

t a c

hann

el to

add

to o

ne o

f th

e SU

RF

lists

.

2P

ress

the

SM

ILE

Ybu

tton

on th

e re

mot

e co

ntro

l to

AD

Dth

e ch

anne

l to

one

of th

e SU

RF

lists

.

3P

ress

the

cor

resp

ondi

ng C

OL

-O

RE

D (

Red

, Gre

en, Y

ello

w o

rB

lue)

but

ton

to a

dd th

e ch

anne

lto

that

but

ton’

s Su

rf li

st. (

Up

tote

n ch

anne

ls p

er b

utto

n ca

n be

stor

ed.)

Rep

eat

step

s 1

thro

ugh

3 to

add

addi

tion

al c

hann

els

(up

to 1

0) t

oea

ch o

f th

e th

e S

UR

F l

ists

.

To

rem

ove

a ch

ann

el f

rom

on

e of

the

SU

RF

list

s;

4P

ress

th

e C

OL

OR

ED

Qu

adra

Su

rf b

utt

onun

til

the

desi

red

chan

nel

appe

ars.

The

scre

en w

ill

disp

lay

the

chan

nel

num

ber

wit

h a

colo

red

“Sm

iley

” fa

ce t

o in

dica

te t

heC

olor

ed b

utto

n it

rel

ates

to.

5W

hil

e th

e “S

mil

ey”

face

chan

nel

ind

icat

oris

dis

-p

laye

d, p

ress

th

e F

RO

WN

IE

face

bu

tton

.The

scr

een

wil

l re

ad, “

Rem

ove

item

? -

Pre

ss

.”

6P

ress

th

e F

RO

WN

IE

fa

ceb

utt

on a

gain

to c

onfi

rm y

our

deci

sion

to

rem

ove

the

chan

nel

from

the

Sur

f li

st.

Rep

eat

step

s 4-

6 to

rem

ove

othe

rch

anne

ls f

rom

Sur

f li

sts.

12

Sel

ect L

ist!

12

Add

ed!

12

12R

emov

e Ite

m?

- Pre

ss

12

VOL

23 4

5 6 1

AU

TO

PIC

TU

RE

32

AU

TO

SO

UN

D

Whe

ther

you

’re

wat

chin

g a

mov

ie o

r a

spor

ting

eve

nt,

your

TV

has

auto

mat

ic v

ideo

con

-tr

ol s

etti

ngs

mat

ched

for

you

r cu

r-re

nt p

rogr

am s

ourc

e or

con

tent

.

1P

ress

the

AU

TO

PIC

TU

RE

butt

onon

the

rem

ote

cont

rol.

The

cur

rent

Aut

o Pi

ctur

e se

t-tin

g w

ill b

e di

spla

yed

on th

esc

reen

.

2P

ress

the

AU

TO

PIC

TU

RE

butt

on r

epea

tedl

y to

sel

ect

eith

er P

erso

nal,

Mov

ies,

Spo

rts,

Wea

kS

igna

l, or

MU

L-

TIM

ED

IApi

ctur

e se

ttin

gs.

NO

TE

:T

he w

ay y

ou c

hoos

e to

set

the

Pic

ture

Men

u C

ontr

ols

wil

lbe

com

e yo

ur P

erso

nal

sett

ing.

Per

sona

lM

ovie

s

Spo

rts

Wea

k S

igna

l

Mul

timed

ia

VOL

1 2

Mov

ies

- P

rese

t pic

ture

opt

ions

for

wat

chin

g V

ideo

Tap

es, o

rD

VD

s.S

po

rts

- P

rese

t pic

ture

opt

ions

for

wat

chin

g sp

ortin

g ev

ents

.W

eak

Sig

nal

- P

rese

t pic

ture

optio

ns f

or w

atch

ing

prog

ram

sw

here

the

rece

ptio

n is

not

at i

tsbe

st.

Mu

ltim

edia

- P

rese

t pic

ture

optio

ns f

or u

se w

ith v

ideo

gam

-in

g.

The

Aut

o So

und

feat

ure

allo

ws

the

list

ener

to

sele

ct b

etw

een

four

dif

fere

nt f

acto

ry s

et s

ound

opti

ons.

1P

ress

the

AU

TO

SOU

ND

butt

onon

the

rem

ote

cont

rol.

The

cur

rent

Aut

o So

und

set-

ting

will

app

ear

in th

e m

iddl

eof

the

scre

en.

2P

ress

the

AU

TO

SO

UN

Dbu

tton

rep

eate

dly

to t

oggl

ebe

twee

n th

e fo

ur s

etti

ngs.

(Per

sona

l, T

heat

re, M

usic

, or

Voi

ce)

NO

TE

:T

he w

ay y

ou c

hoos

e to

set

the

Sou

nd M

enu

Con

trol

s w

ill

beco

me

your

Per

sona

l se

ttin

g.

Per

sona

lT

heat

re

Mus

ic

Voi

ce

VOL

1 2

Th

eatr

e-

Pre

set

soun

dop

tion

s fo

r w

atch

ing

mov

ies.

Dyn

amic

Ult

ra B

ass

is i

nclu

d-ed

in

this

opt

ion.

Mu

sic-

Pre

set

soun

d op

tion

sfo

r m

usic

al p

rogr

amm

ing

whe

re t

here

is

litt

le d

ialo

gue.

Dyn

amic

Ult

ra B

ass

is i

nclu

d-ed

in

this

opt

ion.

Vo

ice

- P

rese

t so

und

opti

ons

for

prog

ram

min

g w

here

hea

vydi

alog

ue i

s pr

esen

t.

Page 23: PHILIPS L04

Directions for Use EN 23L04U AA 3.

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

No

Pow

er•

Che

ck t

he T

Vpo

wer

cor

d.

Unp

lug

the

TV

, wai

t 10

sec

onds

, the

n re

inse

rtth

e pl

ug i

nto

the

outl

et a

nd p

ush

the

PO

WE

R b

utto

n ag

ain.

•C

heck

tha

t th

e ou

tlet

is

not

on a

wal

l sw

itch

. •

Be

sure

the

fus

e is

not

blo

wn

on t

he A

C p

ower

str

ip, i

f on

e is

bei

ng u

sed.

No

Pic

ture

•C

heck

ant

enna

con

nect

ions

. A

re t

hey

prop

erly

sec

ured

to

the

TV

's A

NT

75pl

ug?

•C

heck

the

TU

NE

R M

OD

E c

ontr

ol f

or t

he c

orre

ct t

uner

set

ting

.•

Try

run

ning

the

Aut

o P

rogr

am f

eatu

re t

o fi

nd a

ll a

vail

able

cha

nnel

s.•

Pre

ss t

he A

Vbu

tton

on

the

rem

ote

to m

ake

sure

the

cor

rect

sig

nal

sour

ce i

sse

lect

ed (

FR

ON

Tor

Cur

rent

Cha

nnel

).

No

Sou

nd

•C

heck

the

VO

LU

ME

but

tons

.•

Che

ck t

he M

UT

E b

utto

n on

the

rem

ote

cont

rol.

•If

you

’re

atte

mpt

ing

to h

ook

up a

uxil

iary

equ

ipm

ent,

chec

k th

e au

dio

jack

conn

ecti

ons

loca

ted

on t

he f

ront

of

the

TV

.

Rem

ote

Doe

s N

ot W

ork

•C

heck

the

bat

teri

es.

If n

eces

sary

, rep

lace

the

m w

ith

AA

Hea

vy D

uty

(Zin

cC

hlor

ide)

or

Alk

alin

e ba

tter

ies.

Cle

an t

he r

emot

e co

ntro

l an

d th

e re

mot

e co

ntro

l se

nsor

win

dow

on

the

TV

.•

Che

ck t

he T

Vpo

wer

cor

d.

Unp

lug

the

TV

, wai

t 10

sec

onds

, the

n re

inse

rtth

e pl

ug i

nto

the

outl

et a

nd p

ush

the

PO

WE

R b

utto

n ag

ain.

Be

sure

the

fus

e is

not

blo

wn

on t

he A

C p

ower

str

ip, i

f on

e is

bei

ng u

sed.

•C

heck

to

be s

ure

the

TV

outl

et i

s no

t on

a w

all

swit

ch.

TV

Dis

pla

ys W

ron

g C

han

nel

or

No

Ch

ann

els

Ab

ove

13•

Rep

eat

chan

nel

sele

ctio

n.•

Add

the

des

ired

cha

nnel

num

bers

(us

ing

the

CH

AN

NE

LE

DIT

cont

rol)

int

oth

e T

V’s

mem

ory.

•C

heck

to

be s

ure

the

TU

NE

R M

OD

ES

are

set

to

the

CA

BL

Eop

tion

and

run

the

Aut

o P

rogr

am f

eatu

re t

o fi

nd a

ll a

vail

able

cha

nnel

s.

35Q

UA

DR

AS

UR

F34 T

he Q

uadr

a Su

rf b

utto

ns o

n yo

urre

mot

e co

ntro

l allo

w y

ou to

sto

reup

to 1

0 ch

anne

ls p

er b

utto

n (4

0to

tal)

. You

can

eve

n pr

ogra

m th

eA

/VIn

put c

hann

els

for

each

but

ton

mak

ing

them

a “

sour

ce”

but

ton.

Ass

umin

g ch

anne

ls h

ave

now

bee

nad

ded

to th

e fo

ur Q

uadr

a Su

rf li

sts

(the

four

col

ored

but

tons

, see

the

prev

ious

pag

e), l

et’s

rev

iew

how

the

feat

ure

wor

ks.

1P

ress

one

of

the

pre-

pro-

gram

med

CO

LO

RE

D b

utto

nson

the

rem

ote

(Red

, Gre

en,

Yel

low

or

Blu

e). T

he s

cree

nw

ill d

ispl

ay a

sm

iley

face

with

the

firs

t pro

gram

med

cha

nnel

for

that

sur

f lis

t.

2W

hile

the

col

ored

“sm

iley”

face

sti

ll ap

pear

s on

the

scre

en, p

ress

the

sam

e C

OL

-O

RE

D b

utto

n on

the

rem

ote

totu

ne th

e se

cond

cha

nnel

pro

-gr

amm

ed f

or th

at s

peci

fic

surf

list.

3R

epea

tedl

y pr

essi

ng t

he s

ame

CO

LO

RE

D b

utto

n w

hile

the

“sm

iley”

fac

e ap

pear

s w

ill tu

neal

l the

pro

gram

med

cha

nnel

s.Pr

essi

ng th

e C

OL

OR

ED

but

ton

agai

n w

ill r

etur

n yo

u to

the

firs

tch

anne

l in

the

list.

If th

e “s

mile

y” f

ace

disa

ppea

rs f

rom

the

scre

en a

nd th

e sa

me

CO

LO

RE

Dbu

tton

is p

ress

ed, t

he s

urf

chan

nels

will

be

disp

laye

d st

artin

g w

ith th

eFI

RST

prog

ram

med

cha

nnel

aga

in.

4R

epea

t ste

ps 1

-3 f

or th

e ot

her

thre

e C

OL

OR

ED

but

tons

(Su

rflis

ts)

if d

esir

ed.

5A

ny ti

me

the

“sm

iley”

fac

eap

pear

s w

ith th

e ch

anne

l num

-be

r,pr

essi

ng t

he “

frow

nie”

face

but

ton

will

allo

w y

ou to

rem

ove

it fr

om th

e lis

t (se

e th

epr

evio

us p

age

for

mor

e de

tails

).

1012

18

22

28

3539

41

56

99

12R

emov

e Ite

m?

- Pre

ss

VOL

1 2 35

5

Page 24: PHILIPS L04

Mechanical InstructionsEN 24 L04U AA4.

4. Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter:1. Set Disassembly2. Service Position3. Assy/Panel Removal4. Set Re-assembly Note: Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.

4.1 Set Disassembly

Warning: Be sure to disconnect the AC power from the set before opening it.

4.1.1 Rear Cover

1. Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover (do not forget the screws that hold the rear connection panel).

2. Pull the rear cover backwards to remove it.

4.2 Service Position

Before placing the Mono Carrier in its service position, remove the Front Interface assy/panel (see paragraph “Front Interface Assy/Panel removal”) and the Side AV assy/panel (see paragraph “Side AV Assy/Panel removal”).

Figure 4-1 Service position Mono Carrier

1. Disconnect the degaussing coil [1].2. Release the two fixation clamps (at the mid left and mid

right side of the bracket), and remove the bracket from the bottom tray, by pulling it backwards [2].

3. Turn the chassis tray 90 degrees counter clockwise.4. Move the panel bracket somewhat to the left and flip it 90

degrees [3], with the components towards the CRT.5. Turn the panel bracket with the rear I/O toward the CRT.6. Place the hook of the tray in the fixation hole of the cabinet

bottom [4] and secure it.

4.3 Assy/Panel Removal

4.3.1 Front Interface Assy/Panel Removal

Figure 4-2 Front interface assy/panel removal

1. Remove the complete module from the bottom plate, by pulling the two fixation clamps upward [1], while sliding the module away from the CRT [2]. Note: these clamps are difficult to access.

2. Release the two fixation clamps [3] at the side of the bracket, and lift the panel out of the bracket (it hinges at one side).

4.3.2 Side AV Assy/Panel Removal

Figure 4-3 Side AV assy/panel removal

1. Remove the two fixation screws, and remove the complete Side AV assembly.

2. Release the two fixation clamps, and lift the panel out of the bracket.

A

E_14480_048.eps110204B

4

3

2

1

2

3

1

1

3

E_14480_049.eps110204

E_14480_050.eps170204

Page 25: PHILIPS L04

Mechanical Instructions EN 25L04U AA 4.

4.3.3 LTI/CTI Interface Panel Removal

Remove the LTI/CTI Interface panel from the Mono Carrier, by disconnecting it from connector 1212.

4.3.4 Top Control Assy/Panel Removal

1. Remove the two fixation screws.2. Push the assy a little bit upwards, and then pull it

backwards to release it from the front hinge.3. Lift the panel from its bracket, while releasing the two

fixation clamps. The panel hinges on the other side.

4.3.5 Linearity Assy/Panel Removal

Figure 4-4 Linearity assy/panel removal

1. Release the two fixation clamps [1] to lift the panel out of the bracket [2].

4.4 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set, do all processes in reverse order. Note: before you mount the rear cover, perform the following checks:1. Check whether the AC power cord is mounted correctly in

its guiding brackets.2. Check whether all cables are replaced in their original

position

E_14480_051.eps110204

11

2

Page 26: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 26 L04U AA5.

5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter:1. Test Points2. Service Modes3. Problems and Solving Tips (related to CSM)4. ComPair5. Error Codes6. The Blinking LED Procedure7. Protections8. Repair Tips

5.1 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing. In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx. These test points are specifically mentioned in the “Test Point Overview” as “half moons” with a dot in the center.

Table 5-1 Test point overview

Perform measurements under the following conditions:• Television set in Service Default Alignment Mode.• Video input: Color bar signal.• Audio input: 3 kHz left channel, 1 kHz right channel.

5.2 Service Modes

Service Default mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode (SAM) offers several features for the service technician, while the Customer Service Mode (CSM) is used for communication between the call center and the customer. This chassis also offers the option of using ComPair, a hardware interface between a computer and the TV chassis. It offers the abilities of structured troubleshooting, error code reading, and software version readout for all chassis. Minimum requirements for ComPair: a Pentium processor, a Windows OS, and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph "ComPair").

Table 5-2 Software cluster overview

5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM)

Purpose• To create a predefined setting for measurements to be

made.• To override software protections.• To start the blinking LED procedure.

Specifications• Tuning frequency: 61.25 MHz (channel 3).• Color system: NTSC M.• All picture settings at 50% (brightness, color contrast, hue).• Bass, treble and balance at 50 %; volume at 25 %.• All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled. The

service unfriendly modes are:– Timer / Sleep timer.– Child / parental lock.– Blue mute.– Hotel / hospital mode.– Auto shut off (when no “IDENT” video signal is

received for 15 minutes).– Skipping of non-favorite presets / channels.– Auto-storage of personal presets.– Auto user menu time-out.– Auto Volume Leveling (AVL).

How to enterTo enter SDM, use one of the following methods:• Press the following key sequence on the remote control

transmitter: “062596” directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence).

• Short jumper wires 9252 and 9275 on the family board (see Fig. 8-1) and apply AC power. Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up). Caution: Entering SDM by shorting wires 9252 and 9275 will override the +8V-protection. Do this only for a short period. When doing this, the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing, as it could damage the television set.

• Or via ComPair. After entering SDM, the following screen is visible, with SDM in the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the television is in Service Default Alignment Mode.

Figure 5-1 SDM menu

Test point Circuit Diagr.

F508, F535, F536, F537, F552, F561, F563, F573, F664, I513, I518, I519, I524, I531, I533, I546

Power supply A1

F401, F412, F413, F414, F418, F452, F453, F455, F456, F458, F459, F460, F461, I408, I416, I417, I420, I462, I468

Line & Frame Deflection

A2

F003, F004, I001, I002 Tuner IF A3

F201, F203, F205, F206 Hercules A4

F240, F241, F242 Features & Connectivities

A5

F952, F955, I951, I952 Audio Amplifier A7

F692 Front Control A9

F331, F332, F333, F338, F339, F341, F351, F353, F354

CRT Panel B1

F361, F362, F381, F382 ECO Scavem B2

SW Cluster SW name UOC Type 12 NC Features

L4LUS1 L04US1_x.y TDA12000 9352 753 88557 CC+BTSC

L4LUS1 L04US1_x.y TDA12001 9352 753 89557 CC+BTSC+CMB+DW

L4LUS1 L04US1_x.y TDA12001 9352 753 35557 CC+BTSC+CMB

U= USA (NAFTA), S= Stereo dBx, CC= Closed Caption, BTSC= Broadcast Television Systems Committee, CMB= Comb Filter, DW = Double Window

00028 L4LUS1 0.12 SDMERR 0 0 0 0 0 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000

E_14480_066.eps190204

Page 27: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 27L04U AA 5.

How to navigateUse one of the following methods:• When you press the MENU button on the remote control,

the set will switch on the normal user menu in the SDM mode.

• On the TV, press and hold the VOLUME DOWN and press the CHANNEL DOWN for a few seconds, to switch from SDM to SAM and reverse.

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.If you turn the television set off by removing the AC power (i.e., unplugging the television) without using the POWER button, the television set will remain in SDM when AC power is re-applied, and the error buffer is not cleared.

5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

Purpose• To change option settings.• To display / clear the error code buffer. • To perform alignments.

Specifications• Operation hours counter (maximum five digits displayed).• Software version, Error codes, and Option settings display.• Error buffer clearing.• Option settings.• AKB switching.• Software alignments (Tuner, White Tone, Geometry &

Audio).• NVM Editor.• ComPair Mode switching.

How to enterTo enter SAM, use one of the following methods:• Press the following key sequence on the remote control

transmitter: “062596" directly followed by the OSD/STATUS button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence).

• Or via ComPair. After entering SAM, the following screen is visible, with SAM in the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the television is in Service Alignment Mode.

Figure 5-2 SAM menu

Menu explanation1. LLLLL. This represents the run timer. The run timer counts

normal operation hours, but does not count standby hours.2. AAABCD-X.Y. This is the software identification of the

main microprocessor: – A= the project name (L04).– B= the region: E= Europe, A= Asia Pacific, U= NAFTA,

L= LATAM.– C= the software diversity:

• Europe: T= 1 page TXT, F= Full TXT, V= Voice control.

• LATAM and NAFTA: N= Stereo non-dBx, S= Stereo dBx.

• Asian Pacific: T= TXT, N= non-TXT, C= NTSC.• ALL regions: M= mono, D= DVD, Q= Mk2.

– D= the language cluster number.– X= the main software version number (updated with a

major change that is incompatible with previous versions).

– Y= the sub software version number (updated with a minor change that is compatible with previous versions).

3. SAM. Indication of the Service Alignment Mode.4. Error Buffer. Shows all errors detected since the last time

the buffer was erased. Five errors possible.5. Option Bytes. Used to set the option bytes. See “Options”

in the Alignments section for a detailed description. Seven codes are possible.

6. Clear. Erases the contents of the error buffer. Select the CLEAR menu item and press the MENU RIGHT key. The content of the error buffer is cleared.

7. Options. Used to set the option bits. See “Options” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.

8. AKB. Used to disable (Off) or enable (On) the “black current loop” (AKB= Auto Kine Bias).

9. Tuner. Used to align the tuner. See “Tuner” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.

10. White Tone. Used to align the white tone. See “White Tone” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.

11. Geometry. Used to align the geometry settings of the television. See “Geometry” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.

12. Audio. No audio alignment is necessary for this television set.

13. NVM Editor. Can be used to change the NVM data in the television set. See table “NVM data” further on.

14. ComPaIr. Can be used to switch on the television to In System Programming (ISP) mode, for software uploading via ComPair. Caution: When this mode is selected without ComPair connected, the TV will be blocked. Remove the AC power to reset the TV.

How to navigate• In SAM, select menu items with the MENU UP/DOWN keys

on the remote control transmitter. The selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items fit on the screen, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to display the next / previous menu items.

• With the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys, it is possible to:– Activate the selected menu item.– Change the value of the selected menu item.– Activate the selected submenu.

• In SAM, when you press the MENU button twice, the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SAM mode still active in the background). To return to the SAM menu press the MENU or STATUS/EXIT button.

• When you press the MENU key in while in a submenu, you will return to the previous menu.

How to store SAM settingsTo store the settings changed in SAM mode, leave the top level SAM menu by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.

E_14480_067.eps190204

00028 L4LUS1 0.12 SAMERR 0 0 0 0 0

OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000

. Clear Clear ?

. Options

. AKB On

. Tuner

. White Tone

. Geometry

. Audio

. NVM Editor

. ComPair on

Page 28: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 28 L04U AA5.

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.If you turn the television set “off” by removing the AC power (i.e., unplugging the television) without using the POWER button, the television set will remain in SAM when AC power is re-applied, and the error buffer is not cleared.

5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeThe Customer Service Mode shows error codes and information on the TV’s operation settings. The call center can instruct the customer (by telephone) to enter CSM in order to identify the status of the set. This helps the call center to diagnose problems and failures in the TV set before making a service call.The CSM is a read-only mode; therefore, modifications are not possible in this mode.

How to enterTo enter CSM, press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: “123654” (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence). Upon entering the Customer Service Mode, the following screen will appear:

Figure 5-3 CSM menu

Menu explanation1. Indication of the decimal value of the operation hours

counter, Software identification of the main microprocessor (see "Service Default or Alignment Mode" for an explanation), and the service mode (CSM= Customer Service Mode).

2. Displays the last five errors detected in the error code buffer.

3. Displays the option bytes.4. Displays the type number version of the set.5. Reserved item for P3C call centers (AKBS stands for

Advanced Knowledge Base System). 6. Indicates the television is receiving an "IDENT" signal on

the selected source. If no "IDENT" signal is detected, the display will read "NOT TUNED"

7. Displays the detected Color system (e.g. PAL/NTSC).8. Displays the detected Audio (e.g. stereo/mono).9. Displays the picture setting information.10. Displays the sound setting information.

How to exitTo exit CSM, use one of the following methods:

• Press the MENU, STATUS/EXIT, or POWER button on the remote control transmitter.

• Press the POWER button on the television set.

5.3 Problems and Solving Tips Related to CSM

5.3.1 Picture Problems

Note: The problems described below are all related to the TV settings. The procedures used to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described.

Picture too dark or too bright

If:• The picture improves when you have press the AUTO

PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter, or• The picture improves when you enter the Customer

Service Mode,

Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.

2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.

3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.

4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.

5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys (if necessary) to select BRIGHTNESS.

6. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or decrease the BRIGHTNESS value.

7. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE.8. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or

decrease the PICTURE value.9. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter

twice to exit the user menu.10. The new PERSONAL preference values are automatically

stored.

White line around picture elements and text

If:The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter,

Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.

2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.

3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.

4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.

5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select SHARPNESS.6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the SHARPNESS

value.7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter

twice to exit the user menu.8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically

stored.

Snowy pictureCheck CSM line 6. If this line reads “Not Tuned”, check the following:• Antenna not connected. Connect the antenna.• No antenna signal or bad antenna signal. Connect a proper

antenna signal.

1 00028 L4LUS1 0.12 CSM2 CODES 0 0 0 0 03 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 0004 nnXXnnnn/nnX5 P3C-16 NOT TUNED7 NTSC8 STEREO9 CO 50 CL 50 BR 50 HU 00 AVL Off BS 50

E_14480_068.eps190204

Page 29: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 29L04U AA 5.

• The tuner is faulty (in this case line 2, the Error Buffer line, will contain error number 10). Check the tuner and replace/repair the tuner if necessary.

Black and white picture

If:• The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO

PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter,

Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.

2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.

3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.

4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.

5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select COLOR.6. Press the MENU RIGHT key to increase the COLOR value.7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter

twice to exit the user menu.8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically

stored.

Menu text not sharp enough

If:• The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO

PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter,

Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.

2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.

3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.

4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.

5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE.6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the PICTURE

value.7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter

twice to exit the user menu.8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically

stored.

5.4 ComPair

5.4.1 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control), which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair has three big advantages:ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures.ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this.ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available. When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis, schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away.

5.4.2 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product. The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable. In this chassis, the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service connector. The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two ways:• Automatic (by communication with the television):

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level. ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set.

• Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extend. When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (e.g. Does the screen give a picture? Click on the correct answer: YES / NO) and showing you examples (e.g. Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct waveform you see on the oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking on a link (e.g. text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process.

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way. Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional features like:• Up- or downloading of pre-sets.• Managing of pre-set lists.• Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST).• If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Mono-carrier. – Click on the “Panel” hyperlink to automatically show

the PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568. – Click on the “Schematic” hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor.• Software downloading (as soon as this is supported by

ComPair).

5.4.3 How To Connect

1. First, install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions).

2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with “PC”) of the ComPair interface.

3. Connect the mains adapter to the supply connector (marked with “POWER 9V DC”) of the ComPair interface.

4. Switch the ComPair interface “off”.5. Switch the television set “off” with the Power switch.6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with “I2C”) and the ComPair (or Service) connector at the rear side of the TV (for its location see chapter “Service Modes, ....”).

7. Plug the mains adapter in a mains outlet, and switch the interface “on”. The green and red LEDs light up together. The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while the green LED remains lit.

Page 30: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 30 L04U AA5.

8. Start the ComPair program and read the “Introduction” chapter.

Figure 5-4 ComPair Interface connection

5.4.4 How To Order

ComPair order codes:• ComPair Software: ST4191.• ComPair Interface Box: 4822 727 21631.• AC Adapter: T405-ND.• ComPair Quick Start Guide: ST4190.

Note: If you encounter any problems, contact your local support desk.

5.5 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code

buffer, it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right.

5.5.1 How To Read The Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 ways:• On screen via the SAM (if you have a picture).

Examples:– ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected– ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only

detected error– ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was detected first and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error• Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture). See “The Blinking LED Procedure”.• Via ComPair.

5.5.2 How To Clear The Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following cases:• By using the CLEAR command in the SAM menu:

– To enter SAM, press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: “062596” directly followed by the OSD/STATUS button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence).

– Make sure the menu item CLEAR is highlighted. Use the MENU UP/DOWN buttons, if necessary.

– Press the MENU RIGHT button to clear the error buffer. The text on the right side of the “CLEAR” line will change from “CLEAR?” to “CLEARED”

• If the contents of the error buffer have not changed for 50 hours, the error buffer resets automatically.

Note: If you exit SAM by disconnecting the AC power from the television set, the error buffer is not reset.

5.5.3 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults, write down the errors present in the error buffer and clear the error buffer before you begin the repair. This ensures that old error codes are no longer present.If possible, check the entire contents of the error buffer. In some situations, an error code is only the result of another error and not the actual cause of the problem (for example, a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection).

Table 5-3 Error code overview

E_06532_008.eps190204

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TO SERVICECONNECTOR

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error

1 Not applicable X-Ray/Over-voltage protection (US only) 2411, 2412, 2413, 6404, 6411, 6412 A2

2 Not applicable High beam (BCI) protection 3404, 7405 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical guard protection 3466, 7451, 7452, 7453, 7454 A2

4 Tuner I2C error while communicating with 2nd tuner 1000, 5010, (PIP Module) F2

5 Not applicable +5v protection 7604, 7605 A5

6 I2C bus General I2C error 7200, 3207, 3214 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable - - -

9 24C16 I2C error while communicating with the EEPROM 7601, 3604, 3605 A5

10 Tuner I2C error while communicating with the PLL tuner 1000, 5001 A3

11 TDA6107/A Black current loop instability protection 7330, 3351, CRT B1

12 SDA9488X I2C error while communicating with the PIP processor 7242 (PIP Module) F1

13 Not applicable - - -

14 DVD Loader I2C error while communicating with the DVD Interface module DVD Interface module DVD Loader

15 TDA9178T/N1 I2C error while communicating with LTI module 7610 H

16 TDA9887 I2C error while communicating with PIP_Demodulator 7201 F2

17 Not applicable - - -

18 Not applicable - - -

19 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with SSD stereo sound decoder 7200 A4

20 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with video cosmic in Hercules IC 7200 A4

Page 31: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 31L04U AA 5.

5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure

Using this procedure, you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED. This is especially useful when there is no picture. When the SDM is entered, the front LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer:• When all the error-codes are displayed, the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 1.5 seconds,• The sequence starts again. Example of error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0After entering SDM, the following occurs: • 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequence,• 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds,• 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds,• 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds,• 1 long blink of 1.5 seconds to finish the sequence,• The sequence starts again at 12 short blinks.

5.7 Protections

If a fault situation is detected, an error code will be generated; and, if necessary, the television set will go into protection mode. Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode. In some error cases, the microprocessor does not put the set in protection mode. The error codes of the error buffer and the blinking LED procedure can be read via the Service Default Menu (SDM), or via ComPair. To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has three service modes implemented:• The Customer Service Mode (CSM).• The Service Default Mode (SDM).• The Service Alignment Mode (SAM). For a detailed mode description, see the relevant sections.

5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips

Notes: • It is assumed that the components are mounted correctly

with correct values and no bad solder joints. • Before any fault finding actions, check if the correct options

are set.

5.8.1 NVM Editor

In some cases, it can be handy if one directly can change the NVM contents. This can be done with the “NVM Editor” in SAM mode. In the next table, the default NVM values are given.

Table 5-4 NVM default values for NAFTA-region

NAFTA RegionAddress

(dec)Value (hex)

EW (EW width) 19 25

PW (EW parabola width) 20 0A

HS (Horizontal shift) 21 1A

HP (Horizontal parallelogram) 22 1F

HB (Horizontal Bow) 23 1F

UCP (EW upper corner parabola) 24 1E

LCP (EW lower corner parabola) 25 28

TC (EW trapezium) 26 1A

VS (Vertical slope) 27 25

VA (Vertical amplitude) 28 1E

SC (S-Correction) 29 19

VSH (Vertical Shift) 30 1A

VX (Vertical Zoom) 31 19

VSL (Vertical scroll) 32 20

VL (Vertical linearity) 33 20

BLOR (Black level Offset - Red) 34 1D

BLOG (Black level Offset - Green) 35 13

AGC (AGC Takeover) 36 14

OIF (IF-PLL Offset) 37 26

AGC10 (AGC 10) 38 2

H60 (60 Hz Horizontal Shift) 39 9

PF_SC_PWL (Peaking Frequency, Soft Clipper, Peak White Limit)

40 0A

COR (Phase 1 time constant, Video Dependant Coring, Ratio & White stretch)

41 0C

60 Hz Vertical amplitude 42 40

YD & CL 43 58

RGB amplitude for full teletext mode 46 8

NVM_TABLE_VERSION 60 19

OPTION_TABLE_VERSION 61 8

CVI_BLOR 62 15

CVI_BLOG 63 0F

TXT Brightness 64 17

V60 offset (60Hz Vertical Amplitude) 66 FE

FOAB, CHSE 139 3

SPR, WS 140 0

VMA, SVM 141 32

NVM_SOC_SMD 142 3

CCC_Preset_Gain_Red 143 1F

CCC_Preset_Gain_Green 144 1F

CCC_Preset_Gain_Blue 145 1F

NVM_FMWS 149 3

NVM_ASD_SC1_THR 150 10

NVM_CRYSTAL_ALIGN 208 3F

Last Brightness (VID PP others) 264 2A

Last Color (VID PP others) 265 30

Last Contrast (VID PP others) 266 55

Last Sharpness (VID PP others) 267 37

Last Hue (VID PP others) 268 32

Last Colour Temperature (VID PP others) 269 1

White-D Cool Red 294 FD

White-D Cool Blue 296 5

White-D Normal Red 297 1A

White-D Normal Green 298 20

White-D Normal Blue 299 1B

White-D Warm Red 300 2

White-D Warm Blue 302 FA

Last Volume 343 14

Last Balance 344 32

Last Treble (AUD PP others) 345 32

Last Bass (AUD PP others) 346 32

Page 32: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 32 L04U AA5.

5.8.2 Power Supply

Set Not Working

Figure 5-5 Fault finding tree “Set not working”

Set Does Not Start Up

Figure 5-6 Fault finding tree “Set does not start up”

5.8.3 Deflection

One Thin Vertical LineQuick check:• Set in protection mode.• LED blinking with error “3”.

Figure 5-7 Fault finding tree “One thin vertical line”

One Thin Horizontal LineQuick check:• Set in protection mode.• LED blinking with error “2”.

Figure 5-8 Fault finding tree “One thin horizontal line”

Not OkCheck fusibleresistor 3510 &circuit before it

Check DCvoltage at2505/2507

Ok

Ok

Checkfusible

resistor 3532

Check7512

Check IC7511 &IC7531

Set able tostart-up

Check otherfusible resistor

and capacitor inthe circuit

No

End

Yes

Not Ok

Ok

Check PowerSupply Mains

Switch

Bridge Rectifiercircuit 6500

E_14480_057.eps190204

Set Unableto Start

Fuse Blown?Change

FuseYes

Checkvoltage

across 2552

Is Vbattapproximately

140V

Checkvoltage 2562

&2563

Yes

16V

NoCheck PowerSupply circuit

Check 3Vacross 2535

Check 6Vacross 2535

Softwareloaded?

No

Yes LoadSoftware

Yes

Yes

Set able toStart

Yes

Yes

End

Check LineTransistor 7405

No

No

E_14480_058.eps170204

One Thin Vertical LineLED Blinking

Check HorizontalDeflectionCircuitry

Is VBE between200mV to 30mV & VCBapproximately 500mV

CheckLine Transistor

7405

Yes

Check allconnection and

peripheral atDeflection Circuit in

place

E_14480_059.eps170204

Replace transistor

Check transistor(7451, 7523, 7543) at

Vertical Deflection Circuitry

Check VerticalDeflection Circuit

Replace transistor

E_14480_060.eps170204

One HorizontalThin Line

LED Blinking

Check all connectionand peripheral atDeflection Circuit

in place

Page 33: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 33L04U AA 5.

Blank Screen

Figure 5-9 Fault finding tree “Blank screen”

5.8.4 Source Selection

Set is not able to go into AV or any missing AV is encountered E.g. AV1 is available but not able to enter to AV1: Check if the option setting is correct.

Set is able to go to AV, but no audio is heard.1. Check that continuity of signal is there from the SCART/

Cinch input to the input of the Hercules.2. If continuity is there and still no audio, check that option

settings are correct.3. If logic setting is correct and still no audio, proceed to Audio

Decoder/Processor troubleshooting section.

Set is able to go into AV but no video is available:1. Check continuity from AV input to Hercules depending on

the input.2. If continuity is available and yet no video, proceed to Video

Processor troubleshooting section.

5.8.5 Tuner and IF

No Picture1. Check that the Option settings are correct.2. If correct, check that supply voltages are there.3. If supply voltages are present, check whether picture is

present in AV.4. If picture is present in AV, check with the scope the Tuner

IF output signal by manual storage to a known channel.

5. If IF output is present, Tuner is working fine. If no IF output, I2C data lines may be open, check continuity of I2C lines. If I2C lines are ok, Tuner may be defect, replaced Tuner.

6. If Tuner IF is present and yet still no picture in RF mode, go to Video Processing troubleshooting section.

No Picture, No Sound

Figure 5-10 Fault finding tree “No picture, no sound”

Blank Screen

Check Vg2(fine tune)

Check Beam Current Limit(voltage is 1.8V-2V whenbrightness and contrast is

set to the maximum

Not Ok

Check heater voltage(measure pin 9&10at the CRT socket)

Check video supply(2457) is approximately

180V

Ok

Ok

Check deflectioncircuit

Not Ok

Ok

Pictureappears?

Pictureappears?

End

Ok

Picture not appearing

Ok

Not Ok

Picture not appearing

E_14480_061.eps170204

Check AGCVoltage, pin 1

of tuner

No Picture,No Sound,Raster Ok

AGC voltagechanges with

different signalstrength

Check AGCcircuit section

No

Check tuningsupply voltage,pin 9 of tuner

Yes

E_14480_062.eps170204

CheckVT Supply

Section>30V & <35V

Check supplyvoltage, pin 7 of

tuner

5V Check PowerSupply

No

Check Tunerpin 4 & 5I2C Bus

Yes

Ok

Replace Tuner

Check otherfunctional area

No

Yes

No

Page 34: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 34 L04U AA5.

Picture Ok, No Sound

Figure 5-11 Fault finding tree “Picture ok, no sound”

Unable To Perform Tuning

Figure 5-12 Fault finding tree “Unable to perform tuning”

5.8.6 Controller

Below are some guidelines for troubleshooting of the Micro Controller function. Normally Micro Controller should be checked when there is a problem of startup.1. Check that both +3.3 V_dc and +1.8 V_dc are present.2. Check that crystal oscillator is working.3. Check that Power Good signal is at “high” logic, normal

operation.4. Check that Hercules is not in standby mode. Pin 15 of

Hercules should be 0 V_dc.5. Make sure H-drive pulse is there. This can be checked at

resistor R3239. If H-drive does not exist, remove resistor R3239 to check if there is loading.

Note: When the set shuts down after a few second after power “on”, the main cause is that Vg2 not aligned properly, try adjusting Vg2 during the few seconds of power “on”.

5.8.7 Video Processing

No PictureWhen “no picture in RF”, first check if the microprocessor is functioning ok in section “Controller”. If that is ok, follow the next steps. When “no picture in AV”, first check if the video source selection is functioning ok in section “Source Selection”. If that is ok, follow the next steps. 1. Check that normal operating conditions are met.2. Check that there is video signal at pin 81. If no video,

demodulator part of the Hercules is faulty, replace with new Hercules.

3. If video signal is available at pin 81, check pin 56, 57, and 58 for the RGB signal.

4. If signal is not available, try checking the BRIGHTNESS and/or CONTRAST control, and make sure it is not at zero.

5. If still with the correct settings and no video is available, proceed to the CRT/RGB amplifier diagram.

For sets with TDA9178, follow steps below:1. Put Option Byte 2 bit 4 to “0”; if video signal is not available,

then check fault finding section “Controller”, Section “Source Selection”, and steps above.

2. If video is available but not correct, put Option Byte 2 bit 4 to “1”, then check if LTI panel is present. If not, put LTI panel in the main chassis (connector 1221).

3. If LTI panel is in main chassis, check cable between LTI panel and main chassis (position is 1206). If it is connected, then the LTI panel is faulty, replace it.

For sets with Scavem, and Scavem does not work, follow steps below:1. Check Scavem coil connector (position is 1361) if

connected; if not, connect it.2. If connected, check NVM “bit storage” byte 1 bit 7; if it is not

“1”, set it to “1”.3. If it is “1”, then check the data of the NVM addresses as in

the next table. If the data is not correct, then set these addresses to diagram values.

4. If it still not works, track Scavem output from pin64 of Hercules to CRT panel.

Table 5-5 NVM default values for Scavem

Picture Ok,No Sound

Check IF output oftuner, pin 11

CVBSpresent?

Refer to fig."Power Supply:Set not working"

No

Check SAW filter output(pin 4&5)

EU/AP/CH (QSS)- 1001NA/LA/AP INT - 1002

Yes

Output Ok?Replace SAW

filterNo

Check otherfunctional area

Yes

E_14480_063.eps170204

Enter SDMcheck optionbyte 1

Check if tunerSupply Voltage

pin 7

Enter SDM and changeto the appropriate byte

5V

Check TunerSupply Voltage

Yes

33V

Check PowerSupply

No

Check I2C at pin4 & 5 and tuner

Check otherfunctional area

Ok

I2C

Check I2Ccircuit

Not Ok

Tuner

ReplaceTuner

Not Ok

Incorrect

Correct

Yes

No

Unable toperform tuning

Not Ok

Not Ok

E_14480_064.eps170204

Description Address (dec) Address (hex) Value (hex)

SPR, WS 140 8C 00

VMA, SVM 141 8D 32

NVM_SOC_SMD 142 8E 03

Page 35: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 35L04U AA 5.

5.8.8 Audio Processing

No Sound

Figure 5-13 Fault finding tree “No sound”

No RF audio for QSS/Inter-Carrier stereo sets.1. Check pin 99 and 100 for SIF signal (for QSS) or pin 104

and 105 for video with SIF (for Inter-Carrier)2. If signal is not present, check for the QSS/FMI bit settings.

Check also the NVM data. 3. If signals are present and still no audio, check the audio

supply voltage +8V are present.4. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty.

No AV audio.1. Check troubleshooting methods in section “Source

Selection”.2. Check the output of the Hercules to see if there is signal

available. If no, check the normal operating condition and also the NVM data.

3. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty. Note: If there is audio signal at Hercules output and no audio at loudspeaker, proceed to Audio Amplifier troubleshooting methods.

5.8.9 Audio Amplifier

No RF as well as AV audio at the loudspeaker:1. Check that the normal operation condition of the amplifier

is met.2. If normal operation conditions are met, check the continuity

from Hercules output to input of the amplifier.3. If continuity is there and still no audio, check speaker wire

connections. If still no audio, amplifier IC might be faulty.

Picture Ok,No Sound

Tuner IF Ok Check Tuner/IFNot Ok

Check AUDOUTLSL &AUDOUTLSR pin at

Hercules

Ok

Check AudioAmplifier

Check Hercules IC

Check AudioPower Supply

Check AudioAmplifier Circuit

and loud speaker

Check PowerSupply

Replace AudioAmplifier

Check NVM

Not Ok

Not Ok

Not Ok

Ok

Ok

Ok

E_14480_065.eps170204

Page 36: PHILIPS L04

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 36 L04U AA5.

E_06532_012.eps130204

Page 37: PHILIPS L04

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 37L04U AA 6.

E_14480_021.eps200204

INEARITY&ANORAMA

LTI/CTIH

2P

61

2P

64

BLACKRED

LEFTSPEAKER

(OPTONAL)

1211

RONT INTERFACE

MAINSCORD

MAINSSWITCH

2P

arning: Some models have tact switch.

P

1221

1214

INTERFACE

H 14

14

3P7P

5P

12P

1204

7P

1207

1005

7

7P

1206

1215

2P1451

12121212 1401

1404

5401

2P

LOT

TU

NE

R

12P

LTI/CTI

3P

COMPAIRCONNECTOR

6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram

SIDE I/O PANELD

CRT PANEL

(component view)

B

TOP CONTROL PANELE

A

LP

HEADPHONE

RIGHT (RED)

LEFT (WHITE)

CVBS (YELLOW)

1010

1462

G

CRT PANELB

MAINCHASSIS

3P

3P

REDBLACK

RIGHTSPEAKER

toSUB

WOOFER

BLUE

YELLOW

ORANGE

RED

EHTCRT

FRAMEROTATION

COIL

AQUADAG

DEGAUSSING COIL

SCAVEMCOIL

CRT16:9

1212

1693

FJ

2P

6P

W

5P6P

1693

1206

7P

7P

1252

3P

1682

3P

1279

2P 2P

5P

1254

4P

12781280

5P1351 3P

1361

3P1381

15041505

(track view)

1352

1332

CRTSOCKET

Page 38: PHILIPS L04

38L04U AA 6.Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms

E_14480_024.eps190204

7454

AME DEFLECTION

LINE

E/W

FRAME

LINEARITY & PANORAMA

ONLY FOR:28"WSRF LA/NA32" WSRF LA/NA28" WS-SF LA

G

F453

F412

F414

F418

I417

F461

F401

F452

F455

POWER-DOWN

HD

EHTb

I2SD/1

EHTinfo

EHTb

BCL

VIDEO/SUPPLY

+9V

FILAMENT

VIDEO/SUPPLY

FILAMENT

Vbatt

+Vbatt

Vbatt

VT_SUPPLY

+9V

-12V

+8V

+6VA

-12V

+9V

7405BU4508DX5402

LINEOUTPUTCIRCUIT

+E/W

CORR.

7463

7452

7451

7408

7455 7456

7453

7411

7406

7484

1463

14041

2

HOR.DEFL.COIL

14911

2

VER.DEFL.COIL

5445

3

1

FOCUS VG2

EHT TOCRT

14015

4

3

2

1

10

6

B1

TO 1351

CRT

B1

A1

A4

A4

Vguard

FRAME_FB

A4

A4

6453

6483 6484

6459

6452

6481

7

8

9

5

6456

6454

6455

6486

1462 1

2

3

TO 1221

CONNECTIONS

A5

17532 SOURCE 8 +6V65366

REG12 5537

Vbatt

3410

3471

3481

6401

3411

3497

420 3440

3465

3463

34423451

7401 : 74037480 : 7483

2403

FRAME_FB

1454

1452

EHTb+

EHTinfo+

BCLPROC.

3458

3484

3485

3457

3455

2456

3466

3462

3474

3461

3401

24742475

14614

1

14044

1

HOR.DEFL.COIL

ACTIVATINGCIRCUIT

2466

7462

7460

24642467

LINEARITY ANDPANORAMA

CORRECTION

OR

F402

I433

F458

F459

F537I531

11

2

6532AUX Vaux6

6537

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

3538

3534

2536

7536

7535DS

GI548

For IDTV only

3531

Block Diagram Supply and Deflection

POWER SUPPLY1504

43

2

9

8

4

17

18

13

145

6

3

2

13507

F508

I519

3575

3576

6511

7514

2511

A1 HERCULESA4 LINE + FR

STANDBYSUPPLY

A2

FRONT INTERFACEJ

DegaussingCoil

t

1503

5520

7541

7511TEA1506T

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

AC

DC

65005500 :55021506

MAINSSWITCH(not USA)

10

11

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

2505

1211 1231

MAINSSWITCH(not USA)

V_DG

+3V3

F552

I516

I513 F563

F561

F536

I533 F564

I573

F460

5562 6563

6571

1543-Vaudio

+Vaudio

+6VA

5551 55526551

5561 6562

Vbatt

A4

A4

Stdby_Con

7571

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7573

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

2Vcc

3513

3532

3514

3516

751214

11

9

35177

D

SG

A2

A5

I51156

97

107

106

63

108

62

112 113 116

EHTinfoEHTo

INTF_Y GREEN_IN

A5

HD

SANDCASTLE

TO RGBPROC.

VDRA

VDRB

A2 A2

EH

Tin

fo

Vgu

ard

HDRIVE

EW_DRIVE

7200-H(SYNC)

VIDEOIDENT

PHI 1DETECTOR

1505

1505

12121

2

1

2

R.G.B.BLANKING

SAND-CASTLE

GENERATOR

+8V

-9V

7404

7410

OR

3518

4

5

6533

55317531TEA1620

DRAIN

CONTROLIC 9

+3V+6VA+6VA

6564

POWER-DOWN

3Vcc

14 3565

3530

6512

3519

2534

2564

353215321A

106535

2535 6676

6565 65667561 2x

2240

HORIZONTALOSC.

PHI 2DETECTOR

HORIZONTALOUTPUT

VERTICAL SYNC

SEPARATOR

VERTICALDIVIDER

VERTICAL SAW-

THOOTH

VERTICAL OUTPUT

+GEOMETRY

E/W+

GEOMETRY

MAINSYNC

SEPARATOR

VERTICALGUARD

DETECTOR

3232

X-RAYPROTECTION

7207

3

3498

SUPPLY

SUPPLY AND DEFLECTION

DEFLECTION

MAINSUPPLY

6573

3571

Page 39: PHILIPS L04

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 39L04U AA 6.

E_14480_029.eps200204

2 A73 B74 A45 B56 B50 A41 A41 E72 E63 E74 E7

I405 E7I406 E7I407 E7I409 E8I410 E6I412 E6I413 C6I414 D6I415 C6I416 C5I417 D5

I418 D6I419 C6I421 D7I422 D7I423 D5I424 E8I425 C6I426 D7I427 D5I428 D6I429 E8

I430 E6I431 C7I432 D6I433 E6I434 C5I443 E7I444 E7I445 E7I446 C5I448 E7I449 D8

I451 D7I452 E8I453 D7I455 D7I456 D8I457 D7I458 D7I459 D7I460 C8I461 C8I462 C8

I463 D8I464 C8I465 E7I466 D7I467 E8I468 D7I469 E8I470 D8I471 C8I472 C7I473 E5

I474 E6I475 D8I501 E3I502 E3I503 E2I504 E2I505 D1I506 E3I507 D3I511 E5I513 E5I514 D4I515 E4I516 E4I517 E4I518 E5I519 E5I520 E5I521 E4I523 E5I524 E5I527 E5I529 D3I531 D3I532 D3I533 D3I535 D3I536 D3I537 C4I538 C3I539 D3I540 D4I541 D4I542 C3I543 C2I544 D3I545 C3I546 C3I547 C3I548 C3I551 D5I552 D5I553 D3I554 D4I555 D4I556 D4I557 D3I561 D4I562 D4I565 C4I571 D5I572 C5I573 D5I574 D5I575 D5I576 D5I577 D5I578 D5I579 D4I582 B4I583 B4I584 B4I585 B4I586 B4I587 C4I588 B4I681 E1I682 B1I683 B1I686 C1I687 D1I688 C1I689 D1I691 E1I693 D1I909 B3I910 C3I911 C3I913 C3I914 C2I915 C3I916 C2I918 C3I919 C2I920 B3I921 C2I922 C2I924 B3I925 B3I926 B2I927 C2I928 B1I930 B2I934 B2I935 B1I936 B2I937 C2I938 B2I939 B2I940 B2

I941 B2I942 C3I943 B2I944 C3I945 C2I946 B3I948 B3I951 B3I952 A3I953 A3I954 A3I955 B3I956 A3I957 A3I958 B4

3139 123 5673.1

Testpoint Overview Mono CarrierF001 A8F002 A7F003 A7F004 A7F005 A8F006 A6F007 A8F008 A8F009 B4F010 A7F011 A8

F101 B8F102 B8F103 B8F104 B8F105 B8F106 B8F107 B8F108 B8F109 B8F110 C8F111 B8

F112 C8F113 C8F115 C7F116 C7F117 C7F119 A8F120 A8F121 A8F122 B8F123 B8F138 B7

F200 B4F201 C5F202 B5F203 B5F204 C5F205 C5F206 C6F207 B5F208 B6F209 A5F210 A4

F211 A4F212 A5F213 A5F214 B5F215 B6F216 C6F217 C6F218 C6F219 B7F220 B7F221 B7

F222 C7F223 B7F224 C6F225 C6F226 B6F227 A4F228 C5F229 C5F230 B5F232 B5F233 B5

F237 B5F238 B4F239 B5F240 C5F241 C6F242 C6F243 C6F244 B5F245 C6F247 A6F248 A6

F249 A7F250 C6F251 B5F270 B5F401 C4F402 D6F404 D6F407 D6F412 C6F414 E7F415 E6

F416 E6F417 E5F418 D6F419 D6F420 D7F451 C8F452 C7F453 D7F454 C7F455 D7F456 E7

F457 E7F458 C7F459 C7F460 C7F461 C7F462 E7F463 D8F464 E5F465 E5F466 E8F500 C2

F501 D2F502 D2F503 E2F504 E2F505 E2F506 E2F507 E2F508 E3F509 E4F510 D5F535 C4

F536 C5F537 C3F541 C3F542 C3F551 C5F552 D5F561 C4F562 D4F563 C4F564 C5F573 C5

F581 B3F582 B4F583 C4F682 B1F683 B1F685 B1F691 C1F692 D1F693 E1F694 C1F695 C1

F696 D1F697 E1F698 C1F699 D1F901 B3F903 B2F904 B1F905 B2F910 B3F911 B3F950 B3

F951 B3F952 A3F953 A3F955 A3I001 A8I002 A8I003 A7I004 A7I005 A5I006 A5I007 A7

I008 A5I009 A5I010 A5I011 A7I012 A7I013 A6I014 A8I015 A8I016 A7I017 B5I104 B8

I105 B7I106 B7I107 B8I108 B7I109 B7I110 B7I111 B8I112 B7I113 C8I114 B8I115 C8

I116 B7I117 B8I118 A7I119 A7I120 B7I201 A5I203 A5I204 A5I205 A5I206 A5I207 B6

I208 C5I209 B6I210 B6I211 C6I212 B6I213 A5I214 A5I215 A6I216 B6I217 B7I218 B6

I219 B6I222 B5I223 B5I224 B4I225 B5I226 C6I227 A5I228 B5I229 C5I230 B5I231 B5

I23I23I23I23I23I24I24I40I40I40I40

SERVICE TEST POINT

Page 40: PHILIPS L04

40L04U AA 6.Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms

E_14480_027.eps200204

CRTB1

A5

SCAVEMB2

A2

CONN.A5

A5

1212

1206

1212

12061215

4

6

8

INTF_Y/GREEN_IN

INTF_Pb/BLUE_IN

INTF_Pr/RED_IN

9

10

1

3

INTF_FBL

SANDCASTLE

SDA

SCL

6

4

6

8

9

10

1

3

1

3

6 INTF_BBL

Y_2YOUT

UOUT

VOUT

SC

YIN

UIN

VIN

Pb_2

Pr_2

19

17

16

1165

INTF_FBL

SANDCASTLE

SDA

SCL

SDA

SCLN.C.

INTF_BBL

76307635

13311204

142

43

44

2

3

5

3334

3336

3332

13811

2ROTATIONCOIL(OPTIONAL)

1351

to 1401

BC_INFO

SVM

ROT

B

G

R

V16

V12

V13

V15

V14

V14

F241

F240

F242

4

7

6

1

2

3

5

4

7

6

7330

7610TDA9178T

LTI/C+IPROC.

7611TDA8601T

PULSE FORMER

3

1

2

7

5

9

8

B

G

R

EHT-b

DEFLECTION

+200VA

ROT

+200VA

+200V

VSVM

FILAMENT

DIN

T

ROTATIONOUTPUT

3351

3226

3227

3228

2351

1 2 3 4 5

B

G

R

CRT

25kV

FO

CU

S

DE

FLE

CT

ION

FROM DEFLECTION

EH

T

VG

2

11

6

8

10 9 5 7 1

1332AQUADAG

ERR15

A2

A4

V11

13611

2SCAVEMCOIL(OPTIONAL)

SVM

59

FILAMENT

SCAVEMOUTPUT

VSVM

5352

FILAMENT

YU

V

Y

Pr

Pb

DAC

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROC.- 4:3 LINEAR/NON-LINEAR SCALING- DOUBLE WINDOW PROC.

ADC

YUVTO

DVD

DVDTO

YUV

RG

B

RGBTO

DVD

RGB2/RGB3

SELECTION

UVING)

DVDTO

DVD

YPrPb2/YPrPb3

SELECTION

DV

D

6

8

9

122

6

11

10

13

1212

1

2

3

1212

1

2

3

INT

F_P

r/R

ED

_IN

55

INT

F_Y

_OU

T

54

INT

F_U

-OU

T

58

INT

F_P

b/B

LUE

_IN

57

INT

F_Y

/GR

EE

_IN

49

SC

1_R

ED

_IN

50

SC

1_G

RE

EN

_IN

51

SC

1_B

LUE

_IN

53

INT

F_V

-OU

T

3-STATE

3

7 3-STATE

4

8 3-STATE

15

14 3-STATE

L

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

45

IBLACK

ROUT

GOUT

BOUT

SVM

RO

T

YUVRGBDVD

TIONIC

int

int

int

YUV INPUTSC1_GREEN_IN

Y

CLAMP

CLAMP

CLAMP

CLAMP

CLAMP

CLAMP

T

1351

7308

HERCULESA4

7200-E (RGB PROCESSING + CATHODE CALIBRATION)

A2

R

G

B

4664

FROM µP PART

R_O

SD

G_O

SD

B_O

SD

FB

L

BEAMCURRENT

LIM.

R_Y

G_Y

B_Y

SCAVEMPROC.

7200-D (YUV PROCESSING)

Y

Pr

Pb

A5

D SIDE AV A5 CONNECTION

15

4

32SVHS

Y

C

SC1_BLUE_IN

SC1_RED_IN

MONITOROUTPUT

SC2_CVBS_OUT SW_SC2_CVBS

SIDE_CHROMA_IN

SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN

V

VIDEOIN

U

V

1207

7

6

5

1252

7

6

5

CATHODECALIBRATION

BRIGHTNESS+

PEAK WHITELIM.

OSDINSERTION

OUTPUSTAGE

CLAMP+

MUTE

BLUESTRETCH

&CONTRAST

RGBADDER

MATRIXSATURATIONTINT CONTROLSKINTONE

WHITE/BLACKSTRETCH

GAMMA COR.PEAKING

BCL

76067607

Block Diagram Video

HERCULESA4

A3

LTI/CTIH

(RGB/YPrPb/YINPUT SWITCH

1216

1

1214

1

3

5

INTF_CVBS_OUT

SC1_FBL

65

INTF_FB

INTF_Y_

INTF_U_

INTF_V_

INTF_Y_

INTF_U_

INTF_V_

INTF_Y

INTF_Pb

INTF_Pr

SELECLOG

Y

U

V

YintYint

CHROMA/CVBSC

CVBS/Y

Uint

Vint

INSSW352

7200-C

7200-B (CVBS I/O + FILTERS + COLOUR DECODING)7200-A (IF)

PAL, NTSCSECAM

DECODER

COMBFILTER&TRAP

SWITCH

VIDEOIDENT

70

77

74

71

78

SC2_CHROMA_IN

CVBS1

SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN

SC2_Y/CVBS_IN

SC1_CVBS_IN

81SW_SC2_CVBS

SIDE_CHROMA_IN

INPUTSWITCH

OUTPUTSWITCH

I002

I001

F002

F004

SDA

SCL

50019003

FM-RADIOTUNER

+TV TUNER

3001

3000

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IF

A8 REAR I/O CINCH

A4

A4

A2

1000 6, 7 9

1

11

SSIF

VIF_1

VIF_2

SIF1

SIF2

RF

+5VS

VT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5

SEL-LLPIMA4

4

IF

FM10

7001

7003

FILTERSELECTION

10021003

1004

ERR10

TV

FM

9002+5V

24

25

31

29

30

PLL

PLL

FM/QSS

AM

VCO

VIDEODEMOD

SOUNDTRAP

TUNER IFAGC

VIDEOIF

PHASEDISC

AUDIO IFQSS/AM

SOUNDMIXER

AMSOUND

DET.

TOAUDIOPARTSee blockdiagramAUDIO

SWITCH 86

15

4

32SVHS

AV1

SC2_Y/CVBS_IN

SC2_CHROMA_IN

SC1_CVBS_IN

AV2

V

V

SC1_FBL

N.C.

N.C.N.C.

TOAUDIOPART

See blockdiagramAUDIO

VIDEO

SSIF

N.C.

N.C.

Page 41: PHILIPS L04

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 41L04U AA 6.

1624 A21626 A2

E_14480_069.eps200204

3139 123 5740.1

1627 A11628 A11633 A2

Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel

3139 123 5674.1

F331 A2F332 A2F333 A2F334 A2F335 A2F336 A2F338 A2F339 A1F340 A1F341 A1F351 A2F352 A2F353 A2F354 A2F356 A1F360 A2F361 A1F362 A1F381 A1F382 A1I330 A2I331 A2I332 A2I333 A2I334 A2I335 A2I336 A1I337 A2I351 A2I353 A1I355 A1I357 A2I360 A1I361 A1I362 A1I363 A1I364 A1I365 A1I366 A1I367 A1I368 A1I369 A1I370 A1I371 A1I372 A1I373 A1I374 A1I375 A1I381 A1I383 A1I384 A1I385 A1I386 A1I387 A1

1610 A21611 A21612 A11613 A21614 A11616 A11617 A21618 A11619 A21620 A11621 A21622 A11623 A1

CRT

LTI

Page 42: PHILIPS L04

42L04U AA 6.Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms

E_14480_025.eps190204

REAR I/O CINCHA8

A5

SIDE AVD

F952

F955

LSOUTPUT

93

92

12781254

1

2

5

2

AUDIOSELECT 67

66

69

68

SCARTCINCH

OUTPUT

AUDIOSELECT

MONITOROUT

L

R

MUTING

7140

L 8 Ohm/15W

R 8 Ohm/15W

1281

5

2

L 8 Ohm/15W

R 8 Ohm/15W

1280

1

2

OR

4

7

6

5

AUDIO+1

V AUDIO

Stby_ConA4MUTE

POWER_DOWNA4

HPOUTPUT

20LED 30seeIICTRANSCEIVER 3214

6692SDA

MAIN_OUTR

MAIN_OUTL

SC1_R_OUT

SC1_L_OUT

SC2_R_OUT

SC2_L_OUT

7103 1228

1

2

3

SUBWOOFER(optional)

SPDIF(optional)3164

3161

MUTING

7993, 7994

N.C.

16933

4

5

F692

21

OR

LIGHT-SENSOR 14

A1POWER_DOWN 31

DIAGRAM

A7VOL_MUTE18

15 A1A7

A3

Stdby_Con

B2ROT17

SEL_LLPIM16

118

119

+

PWMOUTPUTS

+

CPU

+

TELETEXT(close caption)

+

ROMRAM

ERR20

TSOP1836

6693

+3.3V

6691

ON/OFF

USA only

6

LOCALKEYBOARD

+

16933

4

5

6

SCL

OR

ON/OFF

(USA only)

IR

LED

KEYBOARD

LIGHT_SENSOR

6692TSOP1836

+3.3V

6691

IR1

6693

LED

KEYBOARD

LIGHT_SENSOR

IR

LED

KEYBOARD

LIGHT_SENSOR

7205

120524MHz

GA5I2SD/123

A5Reset__5V24

A5SEL_SC2_INTF25

9275

9252 SDM

SERVICE DUMPER

Block Diagram Audio/Control

HERCULESA4A3

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA7

7200-A (IF)

I002

I001

F002

I951

I952

F004

SDA

SCL

50019003

FM-RADIOTUNER

+TV TUNER

3001

3000

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IF

A4

A4

A2

1000 6, 7 9

1

2

11

SSIF

VIF_1

VIF_2

SIF1

SIF2

RF

+5VS

VT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5

SEL-LLPIMA4

VOL_MUTEA4

4

IF

FM10

7001

7003

FILTERSELECTION

10021003

1004

ERR10

TV

FM

9002+5V

24

25

31

29

30

PLL

PLL

FM/QSS

AM

VCO

VIDEODEMOD

TUNER IFAGC

FMDEM.

AMPLI+

MUTE

AUDIOSOURCE

SELECTION

DIGITALSOUND

PROCESSING

VIDEOIF

PHASEDISC

AUDIO IFQSS/AM

SOUNDMIXER

AMSOUND

DET.

A8 REAR I/O CINCH

AV1SC1_L_IN

SC1_R_IN

L

R

AV2SC2_L_IN

INTF_R_IN 75

96

INTF_L_IN 76

SC2_R_IN 72

SC2_L_IN 73

SIDE_R_IN 79

SIDE_L_IN 80

SC1_R_IN 94

SC1_L_IN 95

SC2_R_IN

L

R

L

AUDIO

CONTROL

To VIDEO PARTsee block diagramVIDEO

D SIDE AV A5 CONNECTIVITIES

SIDE_L_IN

SIDE_R_IN

1207

3

1

1252

3

1R

FM/QSSSSIF

AM

7200-F (AUDIO)

ADC DAC

DIGITAL PART

DIGITALSTEREOSOUND

DECODER

7990TDA2616Q

1

9

V

-

2

7991VOLUME

+MUTE

MAIN_OUTL

MAIN_OUTR

10102

16822

22?

PWRDOWN 31

KEY_PROTN 9

IR 3236043605

HERCULES (CONTROL)A4 FEATURESA5+3.3V

78

6

5+3.3V

7200-G (Control)TDA12001H1 EEPROM

(NVM)

I/O PORTS

+

IIC BUS32043202

3207

ERR9

ERR19

FRONT INTERFACE(PARTLY)

J1 FRONT CONTROLA9

TOP CONTROLE

LOCALKEYBOARD

WRITE_PROTECT

N.C.

79917992

Page 43: PHILIPS L04

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 43L04U AA 6.

E_14480_026.eps190204

ES & CONNECTIVITIES REAR I/O CINCHA8

SCAVEMB2

FRONT CONTROLA9

FRONT INTERFACEJ

MENT FILAMENT

12

+3V (N.C.)

+9V

+9V

+9V

LY

V

+6V

+6VS

+3.3V

+5V

4604

9613

6694-/C5V1

3606

3608

3609

7605

7604

3607

7603L78L33ACZ

1 3

+9VA

+9VA_1

+8V

+8V

Vbuffer

Vbuffer

4611

9605

VbutterVbutter

To LED

+6V

To 3-6692(IR_REC)

+5V

3639

3690 3693

3610

3610 6610

6610

1212

1

1693

1693

1

1221

+9V

LINEARITY & PANORAMAG1462

1

+8V

LTI/CTIH121212

VSVM

+200V

FILAMENT

VSVM

+200V

+200A3351

ERR16

7201TDA9887

PIPIF

DEMO.

32063207

10 11

TUNER IFA3

50019002

6001

+5V

+5VTo TUNERPin 6.7

To TUNERPin 9

VT_SUPPLY

-/C33

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram 0 Not applicable No Error 1 Not applicable X-Ray/Over -voltage protection (US

only) 2411, 2412, 2413, 6404, 6411, 6412

A2

2 Not applicable High beam (BCI) protection 3404, 7405 A2

3 Not applicable Vert ical guard protection 3466, 7451, 7452, 7453, 7454

A2

5 Not applicable +5v protection 7604, 7605 A5

6 I2C bus General I2C error 7200, 3207, 3214 A4 9 24C16 I2C error while communicating

with the EEPROM 7601, 3604, 3605 A5

10 Tuner I2C error while communicating with the PLL tuner

1000, 5001 A3

11 TDA6107/A Black current loop instability protection

7330, 3351, CRT B1

15 TDA9178T/N1 I2C error while communicatin g with LTI module

7610 H

19 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with SSD stereo sound decoder

7200 A4

20 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with video cosmic in Hercules IC

7200 A4

1X

+3.3V1X

+5V1X2X

1X

1X

ERROR CODE LIST

A4 HERCULES A5 FEATURES & CONNECTIONS

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM PIP MODULE (optional)

1206 1206

1

3

1

3

1005

1

2

3

7200SET

PROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSER(HERCULES)

ERR19,20

7601PCF8511EEPROM

(NVM)

ERR9

ERR10

ERR6

3207

3214

3202

62116210

3204

+3.3V

36043605

+3.3V

3601

+3.3V

SDA

SCL

WRITE_PROTECT

21

22

20

5 6

7

A3 TUNER IF H LTI/CTI F1 PIP POWER SUPPLY TUNER IFF2A5

1000TUNER

30003001

5 4

ERR15

7610TDA9178T

LTI/CTIPROC.

36173616

14 11

ERR12

7242SDA9488X

PIPPROC.

32433244

5 6

ERR4

1000UV1316TUNER

PIP

30013002

5 4

ForCOMPAIR

only

SDA

SCL

1215 1214

1

3

1

3

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

43

2

9

8

4

17

18

14

135

3

2

1

3575

3571

3576

A1

AUDIO_AMPLIFIERA7

FEATURA5

CRTB1

HERCULESA4

CLASS DAUDIO AMP(RESERVED)

A6

LINE + FRAME DEFLECTIONA21503

5520

7541

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

10

12

1

2

3

4

V_DG V_DG

+3V3

5562 6563

6571

1543-Vaudio -Vaudio

Vaudio+1

Vaudio+1+Vaudio

+Vaudio

+6VA

+6VA

5551 55526551

5561 6562

Vbatt

+Vbatt

A4

A4

A4

A4

STDBY_CON

7571

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7990TDA2616Q

AUDIOOUTPUT

HERCULES

7573

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

VbattVbatt

VIDEO SUPPLY

VIDEO SUPPLY

FILAMENT

FILA

To 6407on

EW_DRIVEA4

A2

A2

Stdby_ConA1

POWER_DOWNA1

-12V

+9V +9V

74055402

LINEOUTPUTCIRCUIT

+E/W

CORR.

7404

14041

2

HOR.DEFL.COIL

5445

3

1

FOCUS VG2

EHT TOCRT

14011

2

FILAMENT 3

4

5

10

6

B1

6453

6459

6452

7

8

9

5

6456

6454

6455

4

5

1

2

5531

8

+3V

+6V

Vaux

+6VA

6564

6536

66537

6207

POWER-DOWN

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

3565

2204

7210

2564

3532

106535

2536

2535 6676

5537

6565 65667561

7536

7535DS

G

1454

6483 6484

1452

3458

3484

3485

3457 2456

1903

9910

9911

V_DG

+1.8V_A

+1.8V_B

+3V+3V

+8V

+6V

+8V

+6V

+Vbutter+Vbutter

+3.3V+3.3V

+5V+5V

+6VA

+3V

+9V

+6V

VT_SUPP

RESET +5

+6VA (To 3445)

* see diversity table

*

5

7

3210

3209

3206

3295

3217

3211

3208

7201-2

7204

7203

7202

115

16

7200

PWM1

DECDIG

D

SG

7209D

SG

7201-1

5

4

3

2

11351

ToVERTICALDEFLECTION

To 6403, 3480,3420, b-7401,c-7403on

A2

To 3405, 3463,3475on

2X

HDRIVE

VT_SUPPLY

VT_SUPPLY

BCL

3455

6573

2X

2X

2X

only used in sets with DVD 15

31

SUPPLYPRIMARY

SIDE

SUPPLY LINES DIAGRAM

3401

Page 44: PHILIPS L04

44L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

A2,A4(3x)

POWER_DOWN

VALLEY+

LOGIC

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 A21502 A31503 A71504 A11505 B11506 B11507 C41508 C11509 C11510 D11532 E61535 A101542 B71543 B101545 G62500 B32501 A32502 B42503 A6

10 11

10 11

2504 B62505 B62506 A52507 B62508 B42509 C12511 D12512 E22513 E52514 D62515 D62516 D52517 E22518 E62519 D52528 F12530 F22531 F32532 F22533 G32534 F52535 F92536 F92537 F82538 E8

RES

RES

RES

RES

RES

2539 F82540 F82541 A72542 B72543 F62544 G22545 F62546 F62547 E102548 F102549 G32550 F6

8V2

-16V

+16V

A4

A4

3V3

-17V7

2551 A82552 A92553 A102561 C82562 C92563 B92564 E92565 B82566 E102570 D72571 C92572 D102573 E73500 C13501 C13502 C33503 C43504 B33505 B33506 C13507 A33508 A53509 A33510 B53511 D63512 E23513 C63514 D53515 D53516 D53517 E43518 E43519 F13520 D63521 C63522 D53523 A33524 C53527 F23528 F13529 D13530 F33531 G23532 E63533 F33534 F23535 F93536 F103537 G33538 G53539 G53541 A73542 F63563 E83565 E93571 C83572 C103573 D93574 D93575 D93576 D93577 D8

3578 C83579 C94534 E84535 F84536 F94537 E95500 B45501 B35502 A55503 B55511 C65512 B75513 E55531 E75532 F55533 F25534 E85535 F85536 E95537 F95551 A85552 A105561 B85562 B86500 A66511 E16512 E16514 C66531 F26532 F26533 E36534 F36535 E86536 F86537 F86538 F16540 F66541 A86551 A86562 B86563 B86564 E96565 E96566 E106571 C106572 D8

For DVD

6573 D76575 D66576 E87511 C27512 C57513 E77514 C57531 E37532 F27535 F97536 G107541 A77561 D107571 D97573 C99500 B29501 B39502 B49503 B39504 B49505 B59506 A59507 B29508 C29509 A109510 A9

140V

9511 B59512 F69513 C89514 B109532 F59536 E99537 F9F500 A1F501 A1F502 A5F503 B2F504 C2F505 B2F506 B3F507 B3F508 B6F509 B6F510 D6F535 E10F536 E10F537 F10F541 A7F542 A7F551 B10F552 A9F561 B10F562 B9F563 B10F564 D11F573 C10I501 A6I502 B6I503 B1I504 C1I505 C1I506 A5I507 B5I511 C2I513 C5I514 C6I515 C6I516 C6I517 C5I518 D5I519 D5I520 E4I521 D6

I523 D6I524 C6I527 E2I529 F6I531 G3I532 F5I533 E5I535 E6I536 G2I537 E8I538 F8I539 F8I540 F7I541 F1I542 A7I543 A7I544 F6I545 G9I546 F10I547 F9I548 F10I551 A8I552 A8I553 F1I554 F1I555 F1I556 F3I557 F3

*I561 D8I562 B8I565 E9I571 D8I572 C8I573 C8I574 C9I575 D7I576 C9I577 D8I578 D9I579 B8

*

*

K

A1

A2

180P

*

I2307DS

SB180

*

33P

I574

27u

5552

I546

2553

Vaux_GND

1R

1543

6571BAV70

I548

F551

Vaux_GND

I544I541

C114ET3

3536

9509

F564

Vaux_GND

9536

I556

Vaux_GND

Vaux_GND

DIO_GND2

9537

F536

5536

I553

10n

2572

2566

100n

AUDIO_GND1

3565

83

3572

F563

7536PDTC143ZT

6566

BAS316

1535

123

PDTC143ZT7561

5537

F535

2547

1u0

I547

36 10V

F573

Vaux_GND

1K0

3535

35 6.3V

6565

1u0F537

254845359532

7535

F561

2539

9514

Stdby_Con

B

-Vaudio

+6VA

Vaux

+3V

+6V

+Vaudio

+6VA

Vbatt

E_14480_006.eps200204

PWM

POWER-UPRESET

THERMALSHTDWN

BLANK

RC

REG

AUX

SOURCE

GND SGND NC

F

++

+

-

1.8 U

2.5V

10X

OSCLOW FREQ

STOP

PROTLOGIC

"$"

F

G

(..V..) Standy Mode

BA

V21

WS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

* *

*

**

For IDTV Only

SS22220-03

220V AC 309V (317V)

COLD GROUND

..V.. Normal Operation

Lightning Protection

For IDTV Only3V8 8K

2

100R

100K 4n

722

0RB

ZX

384-

B3V

9

0V3

13V

1V

2V7

0V3

0V

HOT GROUND

Provision For FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

2R2

(ID

TV

)1R

8 (B

asic

)

HOT COLD

S

2m2470P

68p

3R3

68K

470p

2546I529

3528

I532

1n

2540

2531

470p

I540

2533

STPS10L60D

6537BZ

X38

4-C

15

6531

3539

2K2

3537

Vaux_GND

I536

3538

I554

3542

I539

I555

2549

100p

3534

9

1 10

2

I531

2544

10n

I545

3533

6538

5532

2545

10n

3530

2m225

37 16V

2528

4

5

6

78 91 10

11

12

13 15162

I557

6534

7532

3527

25

6532

6540453625

1m0

330p

2530

1545

2n2

2543

10u

2532

33u

5533

9512

3531

2534

Vaux_GND

3139 123 5673.1

7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier: Power Supply

-T

V

+t

Rs

Rp

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

HVS

Sense

Demag

Driver

SUPPLY

VCCDRAIN

+t

+t"$"

TO 1013 OF

297V

5V

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

B

C

D

E

*

*

RES

T4E.250V

0V

2V3

DMF-2810

Onl

y

D

For

IDT

V

15V6

*

8V2

470P

*

14

9V3

For ITV only

0V

2

0V

11

7

3

2

*1

TEA1506T/N1

9

3

For 70W Subwoofer

For Heatsink*

1n5

16V4

ProtectionLightningFor

2V3

*

G

*

1n5

*

DEGAUSSING COIL

*

* *

*

SB160

160V

BZ

X38

4-B

6V8

6V8

RG

P10

D

100n

6V2

*

7V6

-8V3

*

*

0V

295V

16V4

*

4

0R1

*

MAINS SWITCH

(For Lightning

Protection)

15V5

2V26

0V

RE

S

*

6562

I511

*

*

RES

RES

RES

RE

S

4R7

RE

S

RES

RE

S

LKS1AF

RES

4R7

TEA1620 (Basic)TEA1623 (IDTV)

*

BZ

X38

4-B

6V21K5

*

*

*

470P

220n

POWER SUPPLY

T31

5MA

**

F503

I561

2514

F552

7512

I533

I519

2503

2n2

3516

2550

3505

3502

3573

15K

I571

I576

6536

I513

F506

3512

1K2

22u25

11

4

2 3

2506

33n

50V

55001

2563

47K

3541

6500

5511

6533

Audio_Gnd

2505

I502

2n2

2504

2564

100n

F501

3571

470n

1M5

3504

1504

1

2

2500

100n

2516

2513

470p

9505

AUDIO_GND2

6563

1532

1n0

2517

3 2

I577

TCET1103(G)7513

14

3523

123

15K

3519

I504

3511

47K

3522

3524

47K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

6573

Vaux_GND

3563

220R

3503

DSP

3575

82K

3M3

3506 PDT

757

BZ

X38

4-C

12

6541

3577

4534

100u25

52

1542

I507

I527

4

5

8

9

5534

1u0

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

182

3

5512

9511

9513

6511

I562

BA

S31

6

6576

F562

3514 AUDIO_GND2

5561

6535

5503

1 4

2 3

Vaux_GND

9507

I578

I516

5562

AU

4R7

3532

7514BC847B

F507

2

1507

1

I501

1508

3517

330K

I542

2508

100n

1500

I535

3574

AUDIO_GND1

F500

3M3

3500

I579

9506

F51

0

9510

5551

7511

Vaux_GND

BA

S31

6

6514

I520

4537

4

5 6

7

I514

5531

9500

15n

2571

2538

3529

I515

1506

1

2

56

3

4 1n

2565

3501

3M3

4K7

3576

2507

I573

I538

AUDIO_GND1

I543

PFC50001501

I575

BC857B7541

Vaux_GND

1503

23

14

1510

I521

6512

BAT

54 C

OL

I503

2509

2561

1n

I506

I517

I523

BAS316

6564

I572

9503

2542

2K2

3513

6572

5535

1u0

2515

470p

F542

F505

9501

3579

2K2

100p

2519

3

1509

7531

14

2

1505

1

9508

3520

F541

1502PFC5000

2512

2518

10n

2570

I524

2573

I505

I537

3509

I552

F504

F509

3507

3521

3K3

2562

F502

F508

45

81

5502

6575

1N50

62

I551

2502

2501

9502

2541

47u

25V

5513

1u0

I518

1n

3K3

3518

2551

6551

7571BC547B

1K0

3515

3578

470R

3508

470R

I565

3510

4

2 3

9504DMF-2405

55011

V_DG

Page 45: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45L04U AA 7.

8

20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5

STTH8L06D

FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80

------

------

9 10

1

276V 4R5

20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5

STTH8L06DSTTH8L06DUDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10BFQPF7N80 FQPF7N80

------

---JMP

8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

REGION NAFTA ROW

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

470N 470N 470N470N 470N 470N

2M2

47K1M2M2

EUROPE

HR

21RF29RF

29RF24WR

28WSRF

BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

47K1M

WIRE SIN400 SIN

18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN

18ST BK

WIRE SIN

BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316

--- 400V 33N 400V 33N

250V 1N5

250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P

32WSRF

130V 130V

BC857B BC857B

2X5W

WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK

47R 47R 47R0R33 0R33 0R33 0R33 0R33 0R33

276V 4R5

180 SIN18ST BK

WIRE SIN400 SIN

275V 100N 275V 100N250V 1N5 250V 1N5

SS42315-01 SS42315-01 SS42316-01 SS42316-01 SS42316-01GBU4JL GBU4JL GBU4JL GBU4JL GBU4JL

1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V

130V 143V 143V 143V

2X5W2X10W 2X5W 2X10W 2X10W

2X5W

--- 470R ---

2X10W

470R47R 47R 47R

--- ---JMP --- ---

25/28BLD28WSSF

2X5W2X10W

WIRE SIN

276V 4R5 276V 4R5 276V 4R515K

18ST BK400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U

--- --- 400V 33N

33K

--- ---

275V 100N

--- 65MH 38MHSS42315-01

250V 1N5

250V 470P250V 470P250V 470P

3M3 3M3 3M3--- ---

276V 4R5

GBU4JL

STTH8L06D BYV29X-500STTH8L06D

1MA/612V 1MA/612V3M3 3M3 3M3

--- --- --- ------

FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80

JMP

470R

--- --- ------

180 SIN18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN

15K 15K 15K 15K 15K150K 150K 150K 33K 33K

WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK

65MH

275V 100N275V 100N250V 1N5250V 1N5

18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK

WIRE SIN400 SIN

18ST BK

WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK

275V 100N

E_14480_019.eps190204

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1506

JMP

Main Switch------

JMP95079508

---

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply)

10MH 2A------150K

DIVERSITY TABLE FOR POWER SUPPLY

32RF

REGION

---

47R

15K 15K 15K 15K

--- --- ---

---

------ 470R470R100R 100R

150K 150K

1 2 3 4 5 6

2X10+20W2X15W

---

32FSQ

LATAM / AP

FR

21RF25RF

WIRE SIN400 SIN

130V

---

143V

21/29RF29RF29FSQ

GBU6JL

STTH8L06D

GBU4JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU4JLSS42315-01

18K 18K

GBU4JL

18K

---

7

20MH 1A5

BYV29X-500

20MH 1A5

STTH8L06D

STP10NK8OZFPSTP10NK8OZFP

1510

250525062508

GBU6JL GBU4JL

GBU4JL

GBU4JL

JMP

JMPJMPJMP

JMPJMPJMP

SS42317-0

STTH8L06D

GBU4JL BYV29X-500

276V 4R5 276V4R5 276V 4R5276V 4R5------145V 1R5

3M3

30WSRF

6551

0R330R330R33

A

B

C

D

E

10MH 2A 10MH 2A 10MH 2A

47R0R18 0R18 0R18 0R33

276V 4R5276V 4R5

0R22 0R33 0R22 0R33

--- 3M3 3M3

400V 330U

3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3

276V 4R5 276V 4R5 276V 4R5

144V 3R

276V 4R5 276V 4R5

29RF 28WSSF28WSRF32WSRF 21/25RF 29RF 34RF 21/29RF

143V 130V

SET

NAFTA

LR

27RF

UDZS10B UDZS10BFQPF9N50 FQPF9N50 FQPF7N80 STP10NK8OZFP

SS42315-01

STP10NK8OZFP

STTH8L06D

STP10NK8OZFP FQPF7N80

WIRE SIN400 SIN

18ST BK

130V 130V 130V 130V 143V

18ST BK

WIRE SIN

130V 130V 130V 130V

27FSQ

2X5W2X10W

FQPF9N50

2X10W2X5W2X10W 2X10W2X5W

---

--- ---

WIRE SIN180 SIN

18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN

400V 33N 400V 33N

180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN

2X5W2X10W

2X5W

400 SIN

2X5W2X10W

2X10W 2X5W2X10W

2X5W

WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK

2X10W

180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN

150K150K33K33K150K150K150K

---

15432562

33K150K150K

--- --- ---SS40310-01

---

130V

SS40312-01SS40310-01

INDIACHINA

--- --- ---

2542

---

250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N

SB360 SB380SB360 SB360 SB380

JMP --- ---

JMP JMP

65657512

95029504

650055125502

0R33

5500

3520

35653523

1508

--- --- ------ ---

--- ------ ---

9506

26WSRF

2509275V 100N

257035053506350735083514

250V 1N 250V 1N

---

3574

275V 100N 275V 100N 275V 100N

---250V 1N

250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5

2563357135726562 SB360

470R220R

150K

220R

25V 2200uF220R220R

18K

---

250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5

250V 1N5

18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN

18ST BK

--- ---

--- ---

65639514

--- 2A250V25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF

65MH --- ---

680R

47K1M

2528 --- --- ---

6538 --- --- ---

---------

---352735283529

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B

2M2

47K1M2M2

470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N

JMP

VBATT

AUDIOOUTPUT

--- JMP JMP--- ---JMP

BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316

------

---------

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

--- --- --- BC857B

47K1M2M2

47K1M2M2

220R220R

SB360SB360

JMP JMP JMP JMP

BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316

7532

---

------ ---------

JMP JMP JMP JMP

---25V 2200uF25V 2200uF

---

------

---

65MH---

AUDIOOUTPUT

2X5W 2X10W 2X10+20W 2X15W

2A 250V

---

STTH8L06D

SS42315-01

UDZS9.1B UDZS9.1B UDZS9.1B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5BBYV29X-500

20MH 1A5

STTH8L06D

10MH 2A

STTH8L06D

10MH 2A

STTH8L06D STTH8L06DSTTH8L06D

MAIN RANGE

UDZS7.5B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10BBYV29X-500

FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80

JMPJMP

18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN

--- ---

WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK

------

18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK

29FSQ

HR HR

GBU4JLSS42315-01 SS42315-01 SS49309-01 SS42316-01 SS49308-01 SS42315-01

180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN

18K

18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK

1MA/423V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V

--- --- --- --- ---

1MA/612V 1MA/612V

200V 470U 200V 470U 200V 470U 400V 330U

WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK

SS42315-01

180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN

18ST BK

WIRE SIN

--- --- ---

400 SIN

--- ------ ---

--- --- ---

250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N

--- ---

--- ---275V 100N 275V 100N

18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN

2X10W

WIRE SIN400 SIN

18ST BK

WIRE SIN180 SIN

18ST BK

250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P

WIRE SIN

250V 470P 250V 470P1MA/423V 1MA/423V

47R 47R 47R

1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V

0R33 0R33

1MA/612V 1MA/612V--- ---

400V 330U 400V 330U 400V 330U

WIRE SIN

400V 330U 450V 220U 450V 220U 450V 220U 450V 220U 450V 220U

3M3 3M3---

---

144V 3R --- --- ---

15K 15K 15K

--- --- --- --- ---

18K 15K

--- --- --- ---

275V 100N 275V 100N 275V 100N

18ST BK

--- 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P

100R 47R 47R

250V 470P

47R 47R 47R 47R

Page 46: PHILIPS L04

46L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

POWER_DOWN

A1

RES

200V

RE

S

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1401 B21402 A31404 B51451 F91452 D81453 G21454 C81470 B82401 B32402 C42403 C42404 A42405 B42406 A52408 D22409 C22410 D22411 D42412 D42413 D4

1V7

9 10

9 10

A2

-1V1

A4

A2

2414 D12415 C52416 D52417 C52418 C62419 D52420 D12425 G42427 A52428 G42451 B82453 B82454 C92455 C92456 D92457 C82458 C92459 D72460 D82461 E62462 E72463 E82464 F82465 E92467 F92468 E8

*

A4

2469 F82470 E92480 C92481 A82482 F32483 A92484 C92486 C32487 E42488 E32489 C32490 D92491 A92492 D53401 A23403 B23404 C53405 B23406 B33407 B33409 B43410 B43411 A43412 B53414 C13415 C23416 C43417 C5

-0V8

24V

17V1

V6

3418 F23420 G23425 E43427 G53428 F53430 C43431 F43432 A53433 A63434 A63436 E43437 E93440 G33441 C23442 B83443 B83445 C13446 F33451 A63452 A73453 B73454 A83455 D7

BA

V21

WS

1V7

3457 D83458 C83460 F63461 F73462 E73463 F73464 E83465 E73466 E93467 E93468 F93469 F73470 F83471 F93472 F93473 A83474 E103475 D103476 A93477 A83478 B93480 A73481 C93482 B93483 B103484 C83485 D83486 B93487 A83488 A73489 C13490 A83491 A83492 A93493 B83494 B93495 G23497 E33498 G23499 E14437 E94492 A95401 B65402 C35403 E45405 E45406 E55408 E65410 A5

VERTICAL

5450 B6

5451 D106401 A46403 C16404 D46406 C56407 E26408 E36410 D56411 D46412 D46441 C36442 C36443 C26450 B96451 B86452 C86453 C86454 D96455 D96456 D76457 E76458 E86459 D86480 B96481 C86482 A106483 C96484 C106486 C16488 G56489 G56491 D57401 A37402 B37403 B47404 D27405 C47406 F37408 C27410 G27411 F37451 E97452 F87453 F87454 E87455 E67456 E77480 A77481 B97482 A97483 A87484 G39401 D59402 D69407 E69410 A5

RE

S

9417 C69451 D10F401 A1F402 A1F404 B2F407 D3F412 C1F414 A5F415 A5F416 B6F417 B6F418 C4F419 C4F420 A5F451 A9F452 C10F453 C10F454 C8F455 D9F456 D10F457 E8F458 F9F459 F9F460 F6F461 F6F462 A9F463 C9F464 C6

*

DEFLECTION COIL

F465 C6F466 D9I401 B2I402 A3I403 B3I404 B3I405 B3I406 C3I407 B4I409 B4I410 C5I412 D5I413 D2I414 C3I415 F3I416 E3I417 G2I418 C3I419 C1I421 G4I422 F5I423 E4I424 A8

18V1

0V

I425 G2I426 G5I427 E2I428 D5I429 A9I430 C5I431 G3I432 A5I433 A4I434 G2I443 A7I444 A7I445 A8I446 A9I448 B7I449 B9I451 A7I452 B8I453 C8I455 C7I456 D9

2491

I457 C7I458 D7I459 D7I460 E7I461 E8I462 D9I463 F7I464 F8I465 B7

RE

S

-1V9

BAV21WS

I466 C8I467 D8I468 F7I469 A8I470 E7I471 E8I472 F9I473 D5I474 A5I475 D7

-12V4

*

A4

6V2

7V9

2V6

-1V60V6

*

F459

2455

470u16V

13

PDTA114ET7482

F451

I446

I449

3494

2484

100V

22u24

65

F452

4437

F453

1u0

16V

F463

BZX79-B5V1

6480

V

2454

470u

220R

3468

3437

2K0

5451

453D136

RG

P10

D

6454

15n

2467

60 K2

47n

2483

2490

I462

3n3

2458

22K

1R3466

3486

6K8

F456

3R3

3472

4492

4u7

2456 47n

F458

3475

8K2

83857B

F462

6484

I472

6K8

3478

3492

56K

1

2

1451

6483

I464

BC857B

I429

7481

6455

RGP10D

3483

10K

3471

3R3

6450

BAS316

F455

2470

1u0

3481

BD1357451

I456

100n

2480

9451

2K2

3476

220R

3467

F466

3474

15K

BZX384-C6V8

6482

3K3

3482

22R

Filament

EHTb

Vguard

EHTinfo

Frame_FB

VideoSupply

Vbatt

BCL

-12V

-12V

+9V

E_14480_007.eps200204

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F

G

KTC2800

A4

-12V4

RES

56n

RE

S

0V2

3V6

-11V8

1V3

A4

FRAME DEFLECTION

EW DRIVE

3V3

2V8I421

2428

BC857B7410

BA

S31

664

88

3418

100R

820K

3440

470R

3446

34 2

470R

3420

2482

10n

I425

I422

7406

I415

I431

3495

3427

1K5

BC857B7411

I426

I434

BZ

X38

4-C

3364

89

220nBF4227452

2469

I417

3428

2R2

4K7

3498

BC847B7484

3463

1K0

1453

F461

2K2

3461

2425

+9V

-12VEW_DRIVE VDRB

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Deflection

FOCUS

VG2

EHT

68V

35m

*

*

RES

*

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A

B

C

D

E

COIL

A4

2KV

*RES

*

6V

-0

0V

-12V4

0V8

820K

*

-12V4

(For A80ERF042X14From LOT 5450

-2V2

*

*

0V

HORIZONTAL

*

126V

*

*

TO 1382 of

BAV21WS

*

RGP15G

LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION

*

BAV21WS

L.LI

N

0V8

To 1351 of

OR

TO PICTURE TUBE

**

RES 0V5

of CRT PANELTo

To 1404 of

*

*

1V4

**

DEFLECTION

Tube Only)

*

A4 1V

CRT PANEL

*

0V7

4V5

A4

1R

A2

A2

0V5

LOT

K

A

AK

*

0V

27V6

6458

2492

2u2 100V

2415

F401

2

1

4

3 SC21329

5408

2419

I432

I418

I467

I468

3425

100K

330R3465

I403

64426441

1401

1

2

3

4

5

00K

431

I407

F417

BY

228-

1500

6491

I401

1K0

3469

7405BU4508DX

3458

4R7

3

1

2

SI2306DS7404

2402

33n

I463

2453

BC857B7480

16

100n

2409

470u

16V

2460

2481

10u 50V

I458

I471

2412

3485

1402

I412

7B

BC847B

7403

2413

6443

BZX384-C12

I413

3454

6403

RGP10D

8K2

RG

P10

D

6406

3493

100n

2410

F416

7455BC857B

2488

100p

I457

9407

BC847B7454

3R3

3410

5410

6456

F412

F418

3414

F460

1n0

2487

2468

220p

3484

9410

3442

6K8

I416

I443

F404

3490

I410

6457

BA

S31

6

470p

2427

15n

2464

6412

BY

V29

X-5

00

7401BUH2M20AP

2486 100p

12

F414

2457

CI-

15

5406

3401

68K

4R7

3404

I461

BAV21

6486

3403

1K0

7456BC857B

74BC

RGP10D

I455

6459

680K

3473

I406

I402

9401

33R

3416 F419

I409

F415

MRT

1454

3457

4R7

I453

47R

3489

I404

2489

10n

I419

F457

1K0

341534

97

1R0

2401

4u7

50V

2K2

3480

2411

680K

3441

220R

7408BC847B

3434

I427

3409

1K8

3436

680K

3411

1K0

3412

I424

I423

3452

1404

1

4

I474 I469

2463 100u50V

1n2461

I465

MRT

1452

1R

I433

3430

680K

3443

6K8

DM

V15

00M

6404

F407

F464

I466

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

I452

5402

3487

33R

2405

1n

6451

BZ

X38

4-C

4V7

3455

1R0

3432

22R

I445

I475

2414

1u0

I451

1n2462

RG

P10

D64

10

3405

3K3

I444

2403

33n

I430

6408

6

7

8

9I473

5450

1

10

11

12

3

5

6407

5403

I459

9402

I405

2420

I414

2417

3433

220R

2451

I460

5405

1470

3406

390R

I470

F454

1N4148

6481

6401

BYD33V

F420

6452

RGP10D

BA

S31

6

330R

3464

F402

RGP10D

6453

BC847B7402

3499

2404

47u

3407

68R

3488

10K

2406

680p

470p

2459

2K2

3462

9417

2416

2418

6411

BY

V29

X-5

00

2408 1n

3453

3451

5401

I428

3445

3477

I448

3470

F465

3417

15K

3491

56K

HDRIVE

+9V

Filament

EHTb

+6VA

-12V

+9V

HD

Vbatt

+9V +9V

VideoSupply

Frame_FB

Vbatt

VDRA

VT_Supply

Page 47: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47L04U AA 7.

9 10 11

9 10 11

135B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B22uH 10%27uH 10%68uH 5%22uH27uH 10%0% 68uH 5%

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

BU4508DX BU4508DX

- - - -

% 680K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5%

82uH 33uH 42uH 82uH 33uH 33uH

-DVM1500M

--

-DVM1500M

--

-DVM1500M

--

-DVM1500M

--

-DVM1500M

--

-DVM1500M

--

---

JMP-

JMP-

---

JMP-

JMP-

270nF 330nF 300nF 220nF 330nF 390nF

3R3 1W 4R7 1W 3R3 1W2R2 1W10R 1W 5%10R 1W 5%4R7 1W 4R7 1W3414

0M

680pF1.2nF

2u22u2-

68nF

F 220nF 220nF 270nF 120nF 220nF

33nF 33nF 68nF 33nF 39nF

4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7

- 3n3 3n3- - -F

1nF 1nF

5% 1M 5%

- 2u2 2u2

%

- 33nF 10nF - 33nF 33nF

1R 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 10R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 4R7 1W 5%

220nF

82K 1% 82K 1%

4u7 4u71nF 1nF 3n3 1nF

% 18K 5% 15K 5% 18K 5% 18K 5% 15K 5% 18K 5%

680K 5% 1M 5% 1M 5% 680K 5% 1M 5%

33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5%

8K2 5% 10K 5% 7K5 1% 2K7 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 5% 4R7 1W 5%

220R 5%% 220R 5% 150R 5%

% 82K 1% 82K 1% 10K 1% 82K 1%

% 3R9 1%

% 68K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 56K 1%

2R4 1% 2R2 1% 3R9 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1%

%

680K 5% 680K 5%

33K 5%% 220R 5% 120R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5%

- - - - - -

150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5%

% 56K 5% 82K 5%

2R4 1% 2R2 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1%% 4R7 1%

- - -

% 680K 5% 680K 5% 430K 5% 390K 5%

56K 5%

% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5%

DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX

JF0501-2601B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2133B

82K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5% 56K 5%- - -

- CU15 CU15 - CU15 CU15

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

CHINA INDIA

F 21RF 29RF 34RF 21RF 29RF 29FSQ

LPD

F 220pF 1.2nF 1nF 220pF

LPD LPD CPD LPD SMGK

8n2 15nF 12nF 8n2 15nF 13nF

- -

E_14480_020.eps190204

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F

G

640464116412

DVM1500M--

-BY229X-800BY359X-1500

-BY229X-800BY359X-1500

DVM1500M--

-BY229X-800

BY359X-1500

-BY229X-800BY359X-1500

94079417

JMP-

-JMP

--

--

JMP-

-JMP

-JMP JMP

-

-BY229X-800BY359X-1500

-BY229X-800

BY359X-1500

-56K 5%56K 5%

-

680K 5%25uH

SC21329-00B1362-0015AB

33uH 10%

BU2725DX

680K 5%56K 5%

BU2725DX

0.588 COL

1R5 1%6R8 1%470K 5%15K 5%

---

56K 5%

-680K 5%50uH

SC21329-00B1362-0015AB

68K 1%18K 5%

220R 5%220R 5%

18K 5%22K 5%

220R 5%220R 5%3R3 1%3R3 1%470K 5%15K 5%

---

56K 5%

-680K 5%25uH

SC21329-00B1342.0042CY

22uH 10%

BU4508DX

56K 5%

82K 1%68K 1%

15K 5%---

56K 5%

-680K 5%25uHCU15

1362.0016AB39uH 10%

BU4508DX

56K 5%

82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%22K 5%

220R 5%220R 5%

-56K 5%

-680K 5%50uH

SC21329-00B1342.0048B27uH 10%

BU2725DX

56K 5%

82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%33K 5%

220R 5%220R 5%2R2 1%2R2 1%680K 5%

680K 5%50uH

SC21329-00B1342.0048B27uH 10%

BU2725DX

56K 5%

18K 5%

82K 1%120K 5%

33K 5%220R 5%220R 5%1R5 1%2R2 1%680K 5%15K 5%

--

1342.0048B22uH 10%

BU2725DX

56K 5%

220R 5%

82K 1%120K 5%18K 5%33K 5%

220R 5%

1R5 1%2R2 1%680K 5%15K 5%

---

56K 5%

-56K 5%

470K 5%

82K 1%56K 1%18K 5%22K 5%

220R 5%220R 5%3R3 5%3R3 1%3472

347334743481348234833491349434995401540854505451

7405

82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%22K 5%

220R 5%3468

34313451345234533467

3471

15K 5%---

56K 5%

-680K 5%37uH

SC21329-00B

220R 5%3R3 1%3R3 1%470K 5%15K 5%

---

56K 5%

-680K 5%82uHCU15

1342.0033CY22uH 10%

BU4508DX

1R5 1%6R8 1%470K 5%15K 5%

--

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection)

Size

-

24112412

680K 5%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A

B

C

D

E

BU4508DX

-680K 5%33uHCU15

JF0501-21835B33uH 10%

BU4508DX

-

JF0501-2136B JF0101-85021B JF0501-2601B JF0501-227uH 10% 27uH 10% 0.58mm COL 22uH 27uH 1

24162418

33uH 10%

BU4508DX

100K 5%

54515450

Tube

25 RF

7405

LPD LPD LPD SMGK LPD

470pF

1n5

8K2 5%6R8 1W 5%

82K 1%82K 1%6K8 5%22K 5%

JF0101-85021B

540134993494

3482

34913483

34513452345334673468

33nF390nF

-150nF

2487 -

680K 5%8K2 5%

1R 1W 5%

68K 1%15K 5%33K 5%

-

150R 5%2R4 1%-

3R3 1%390K 5%15K 5%5R6 5%

5K6 1%100K 5%

150R 5%

2u233nF

CU15JF0501-21836B

15nF3n3

-

CU15 SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B CU15

27uH 10% 27uH 10% 39uH 10% JMP

SC2132 9-00B

150R 5%2R7 1%2R4 1%680K 5%12K 5%

BU2725DX BU4508DX

JF0501-2153B JF0501-21835B JF0501-21133B

680K 5%42uH

220R 5%

390nF

120nF

75K 1%15K 5%22K 5%

12nF

150R 5%2R4 1%2R7 1%820K 5%15K 5%

22K 1%56K 1%82K 5%

-330K 5%33uH

5R6 5%22K 1%56K 1%100K 5%

-

1R 1W 5%

680pF

220R 5%

33nF4n7-

39nF

82K 1%

1.5nF15nF

5408

2.2nF

-33nF15nF

241924252451

JF0501-21835B

470nF2u2430nF390nF

1.5nF15nF 12nF 15nF 13nF 13nF

68K 1% 120K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1%18K 5%

15nF33nF 120nF 18nF 15nF

33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 22K 5%

390nF 330nF2u2 470nF

- - - -2490 47n - - - - - 47n - - - - -47n - -

330nF2u2

33nF180nF

1n5

680K 5%8K2 5%

680K 5

CU15CU15SC2132 9-00BCU15JF0501-2135B

42uH

37uH- CU15

94079417

--

-JMP

JMP-

JMP-

JMP-

-JMP

JMP- - - JMP JMP JMP -

JMP - - - - JMP - JMPJMP JMP - JMP- - - JMP - -

2490 47n - - - - - - -1M 5%

--

4u7

360nF

25 RF

18nF 39nF2n2 3n3

-

-

- - -

-

- - -

- 2u2 2u2

33nF430nF

-4n7

15nF

2457 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7

LPD

32 WR

11nF680pF

2n215nF11nF680pF

-

1M 5%

220nF

1nF

8K2 5%1M 5%

470nF33nF220nF

1nF

8K2 5%

1nF

680pF11nF15nF4n7

-430nF33nF220nF

8K2 5%

1nF13nF33nF

-360nF

2u233nF

220nF

1nF

1M 5%8K2 5%

470pF9n1

18nF-

390nF470nF33nF220nF

1nF

1M 5%8K2 5%

470pF9n1

18nF-

390nF470nF33nF220nF

1nF

1M 5%8K2 5%

1n213nF15nF2n2

-470nF33nF220nF

1nF

1M 5%8K2 5%

LPD

24 WR 25 I 28 I 29 RF 28 WR 28 WS

Region EUROPE

220nF

470pF8n2

33nF-

470nF2u2

33nF

1nF

1M 5%8K2 5%

DIVERSITY TABLE FOR DEFLECTION

Tube

Size

24112412241324162418241924252451

2487

32243295

- BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 -- - BY229X-80 BY229X-80 BY229X-800 -

DVM1500M

- -DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M - DVM1500M DVM150

BY229X-800- ----

15nF8n2

33nF

-

1.2nF

- BY359X-1500 - -

330pF

-

1nF220pF 680nF

LPD

21RF

LPD LPD LPD LPD LPD

220nF 180nF 270nF 120n

-

4u7

220nF 360nF 330nF - 300nF 360n

1M 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 1M 5% 680K

430nF 2u2 2u2

8K2 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 7K5 1% 8K2 5

33nF 33nF 33nF10nF120nF 120nF

82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1%

4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7

82K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1%

1nF 1n5 1nF 1n5 3n3 1n5

6K8 5% 18K 5% 18K 5

2K7 5%1R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 1R 1W

220R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5

10K 1% 82K 1

2R4 1% 1R8 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1

82K 1% 68K 1% 68K 118K 5% 18K 5% 15K 5%

390K 5% 820K 5% 680K 5% 820K 5%

33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5

15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5%

220R 5% 120R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 120R 5

22K 1% -

-

2R2 1% 2R4 1%

82K 5% 82K 5% 100K 5

3R9 1% 2R4 1% 2R4 1% 3R3 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1

-

680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5%

430K 5% 820K 5

82uH 37uH 33uH 42uH

15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5-

- -

BU4508DX BU4508DX BU2725DX BU4508DX BU4508

-

56K 1% -

82K 5% 100K 5% 82K 5%

68uH 5%

- - 680K 1% -

-

1R 1W 5%10K 1%68K 1%6K8 5%33K 5%

680K 5%

150R 5%2R2 1%2R2 1%

82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%33K 5%

100K 5%

150R 5%

-680K 5%25uHCU15

JF0101-85020B

--

120R 5%

JF0501-85021BJMP

13nF18nF

--

430nF33nF180nF150nF

1n5

680K 5%10K 5%

2R2 1W 5%82K 1%82K 1%15K 5%22K 5%

220R 5%1R8 1%3R3 1%820K 5%15K 5%4R7 5%

CU15JF0501-21140B

27uH 10%

BU2725DX

150K 5%

42uHSC2132 9-00B

120R 5%

JMP

BU2725DX

270nF2u2

10nF150nF

2n2

560K 5%8K2 5%

22K 1% 22K 1%22K 1%56K 1% 56K 1%56K 1%

100K 5% 100K 5% 82K 5%

82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%33K 5%

3295

220R 5%

680K 5% -680K 5% -680K 5%

22K 1%56K 1%

120R 5%

680K 5%33uH

680K 5%37uH 50uH 16uH 42uH 42uH 25uH

150R 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5%2R4 1% 2R2 1% 2R7 1%

JMP 27uH 10%

BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU2725DX

3R3 1% 2R2 1%820K 5% 390K 5% 1M 5%

JF0501-85021B JF0101-85021B JF0501-2136B

12nF

-

15K 5% 12K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5%5R6 5% 4R7 5%5R6 5%

6R8 1W 5% 0R33 1W 5%82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1%68K 1%

100K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5%180K 5% 680K 5%

-

18K 5% 27K 5% 15K 5% 6K8 5% 15K 5%

-680K 5% -680K 5%-

33K 5%120R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5%

33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF100nF 150nF 120nF 150nF

1R8 1% 1R8 1%2R4 1% 3R3 1% 3R3 1% 2R4 1%

3n3

680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 560K 5%

680K 5% 820K 5% 1M 5%15K 5% 15K 5%

10K 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5%1R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 4R7 1W 5% 2R2 1W 5%

27uH 10%

BU4508DX

LPD

27 V

LPD LPD

2R2 1%2R 1%

680K 5%15K 5%

-

28 WR 29 RF 32 V 32 V RF 32 WR

BU2725DX

-

Region NAFTA

180K 5%100K 5%

1.2nF13nF

3224

241315nF33nF

-390nF

2u233nF100nF

1n5

8K2 5%

820K 5%15K 5%5R6 5%22K 1%56K 1%68K 5%

2R4 1%820K 5%15K 5%10R 5%2K4 1%

JMP

BU4508DX

120R 5%

2R7 5%

330pF

180nF

1n5

680K 5%8K2 5%

0R33 1W 5%82K 1%

8K2 5%

LPD

28WR

LPD

32WR

SMGK

29RF

1.2nF1.2nF470pF680nF

-

-680K 5%50uH

34143431

22K 1%56K 1%82K 5%

-680K 5%

34713472347334743481

680K 5%

680K 5%

3R3 1W 5%

1.2nF

- - 4R7 5% -

-

180nF 100nF

1n5 1n5 1n5 1n5

330pF

LPD

27V

LPD

28WS

680K 5% 680K 5%8K2 5% 8K2 5%

25RF 29RF 32WR 34RF 25R

4u74u74u74u74u74u7

LPD

21RF

10R 1W 5%

JF0501-2135B

4u72457

----

-

-

---

-

- -

---

-

AP

CPT LPD LPD LPD LPD

680n15nF 13nF 12nF 15nF

68nF 33nF 33nF 18nF 33nF 33nF-- 3n3 - -

4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7

LATAM

----

640464116412

DVM1500M--

-BY229X-800BY359X-1500

DVM1500M--

DVM1500M--

DVM1500M--

-BY229X-800BY359X-1500

DVM1500M--

DVM1500M - - - DMV1500M

-

Page 48: PHILIPS L04

48L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

(optional)

GND

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1000 A41001 E81002 D81003 D81004 A10

(For Lightning Protection)

A4

for EMC

K9352M

A4

K9362MK7257M

9 10

9 10

---

1005 C31010 A31011 B31012 C101013 D102001 C42002 C42003 B52004 B6ONLY

FOR DVD

1V1

0V3

2005 B62006 A62007 A72008 B62009 C92013 C92014 C82016 C93000 B43001 B43002 B73003 A73004 B73005 B83006 D43007 D73008 D73009 C53010 C83014 C93016 C93018 C93019 C93020 A94000 B4

A4

M1971M

4001 B44002 E84003 B64004 E84005 A84006 B74010 C84011 E84012 F84013 E95001 A85002 B65003 E96001 B66002 B76003 B76004 C5

* * *

* *

*

6006 A97001 D47003 C99002 A8F001 A5F002 A5F003 A5F004 B5F005 A4

A4

F006 B9F007 B3F008 B3F009 D3F010 C10F011 C3I001 B4I002 B4I003 C8I004 C9I005 D4I006 D6I007 C9I008 D7I009 D8I010 E8

*

*

5V

*

I011 B7I012 C9I013 A9I014 B3I015 B3I016 A6I017 D3

TO 1510 OF

for ATSC

A4

---K9656M

RES

10011002

A4

K3953M

GND_28GND_28

2009

4013

F010

1u8

5003

F006

7003

GND_28

3018

1012

9002

2013

03

8

IN

ING

4O1

5O2

SWI

GND_28

1003

3

2014

3019

I007

BZ

X79

-B8V

2

6006

3

4

5

I012

1001

2016

4012

220R

3020

1013

123

1004

1002

3

4

5

4005

5001

I004

I013

3014

D_28

3016

+5VS+5V

RF_AGC

VIF1

VIF2

SIF1

SIF2

SSIF

Vbuffer

E_14480_008.eps200204

2K2 2K2

10K

------

4006

10K 10KF

G

---

---

--- ---50V 10N

---

K6274M

---

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

---

2K2

---

--- 50V 10N

PDTC124ET PDTC124ET PDTC124ET

3008

JMP

30022003

JMP

---

JMP

6K8 6K82K2

---

JMP

JMP

---

4011

JMP

2K2 2K2JMP

BAS3161SS356 1SS356

JMP

---JMP

40034004 ---

--- JMP

---

------

---

---JMP

3006

6K8

50V 10N---

---

---4002

1003

7001

*

60024012

3009

300710K---

6004 1SS356

---

---

---

IFGND

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Tuner IF

NC

MT

*

UV1316E/A I-4

---

AP Splitter

---

A

B

C

D

E

A4

150K

---

---

25V 1N4.

9V

---

25V 1N

---

------

EU FM Radio

---

50V 22P

RE

S

ITEM EU Normal

---

100u

A4

1 2 3 4 5 6

100K560R

*

5V

0V

25V 1N

TO 0282 FOR EMC ONLY

7 8

68u

------

---3018

---

0U39

68u

---

AP LNANA/LA/AP NTSC

68u

EU Splitter

------ ---

------

100u

3019

0V

For

Com

pair

only

**

1000

0U47

2014

2009

---820R

A4

*

AP QSS CH QSS

330R

---

68u

UV1356A/A I G-3---

TEDE9-703A

---

---

*

50V 22P

---

---

50V 22P 50V 22P

CH LNA

2008

*

OF

4.3V

EU-QSS

7003

TUNER IF

34V5

BFS20

ITEM NA/LA/AP INT

---2016

UR1316/A I-3

---

---

POWER SUPPLY

TV TUNER

F009

I008

0U39 0U47

---

---

0U39

---

UV1356A/A I G-32002

2013

FOR ITV ONLY

------

3010

0U470U47

RES

---

RE

S

4.3V

---

100u

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

RES

*

*

RES

2008

F004

---

---

------

------

*

*

*

*

---

------

---------

16V 100N

------

------

3014

------

TEDE9-703A50V 22P

3016

---

------

50V 22P

---

------

5002

TEDH9-305A

IFGND

F007

3004

47n

2004

2005

10u

50V

I006

3010

I011

100R

3005

2002

13

14

15

1

2

6

9

10

11

4

SCL

5

SDA

1000

7

+5 ADC

83

AS

12

IFGND

F003

2001

F001

I005

4010

6004

I0

470u

3008

2006

1

2

10

F002

1011

I016

2007

100n

I014

F008

4000

I015

I017

I009

3007

6001

BZ

X79

-C33

4011

3000

4006

1

2

6002

4004

BAS316

7001PDTC124ET

4002

3006

I010

2003

3001

3009

1

2

1005123

F005

3002

6003

I002

1010

IFGND

GN

4003

F011

5002

I001

4001

3003

1K5

VT_Supply

SCL

SDA

SEL_LLP|M

+5V

Page 49: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 49L04U AA 7.

9275

G

H

1205 E81208 B21230 B71234 B71682 B101683 G11684 F12203 F22204 E102205 D22206 F12207 H12208 H12209 C32210 D22211 E22212 E2

*

2V8

2V

2V

* *

2V

10 11

10 11

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

A

2213 E32214 E92215 D22216 E22217 E92218 F72221 A52222 B82223 F72224 C22225 E22226 F92227 F92229 F72230 F42231 F22232 F22233 C22234 C22235 F62236 G62237 F32238 C22239 F6

TOP CONTROL PANEL

for

ITV

onl

y

2240 G52241 F52242 F82243 F82244 F52245 B82246 F72247 F72248 B82249 D22250 D22251 F72252 B82253 B32254 F52255 G32256 F42257 B72258 F82259 B82260 F42261 F42262 F32263 F62264 F22265 C22266 F62267 E32268 F82269 F82270 B42271 B42272 E12273 E12274 F52275 F52276 C22277 D102278 F72279 B62280 B62282 C92283 F42284 F32285 G52286 F32287 F42288 A22289 B32290 F93201 B93202 B63203 E93204 B63205 D9

3206 F93207 B73208 E103209 E103210 E113211 E113212 B73214 B63215 B63216 B63217 D93218 B63219 B73220 E13221 F13222 A43223 B53224 G63225 F83226 B43227 C43228 B43229 E23230 F63231 F53232 F53233 B103234 A93235 A83236 B53237 A83238 B23239 B23240 B23241 F63242 B83243 G53244 F53245 B93246 A83247 F63248 B33249 B33250 B23251 G53252 A73253 C53254 E13255 A33256 B43257 B33258 B33259 B83260 B53261 B53262 C103263 C93264 C103265 D93266 D103267 B53268 B43269 B53270 G33271 A73272 B13273 B13274 G43275 G43276 G23277 G23278 G23279 C103280 C103281 B103282 C103283 C103284 B73285 D93287 B93288 G23289 C43290 A93291 B23292 A83293 A73294 A93295 G53296 F93297 G54209 G14210 H34211 B94212 H14213 A84214 A9

4219 B65201 F15202 C35203 D25205 D25206 E25207 D25208 C25209 C25210 D25211 E15212 C25213 F75214 E95215 E25216 E25217 B55295 F16201 E106202 B96203 E16204 D16205 B96207 E96208 G66209 A76210 B76211 B67200 D67201-1 E107201-2 E10

A1,A5

To 1010 or 1682 of

A5

7202 D107203 E107204 E117205 B97207 B17208 A87209 F97210 F109201 B49202 H29203 H49204 B59205 H29215 G4

9257 G39260 B59261 G39262 G49265 G2

9252 G11

9275 G119266 G2

F200 E10F201 D2F202 C9F203 F2F204 F6F205 B5F206 B2F207 D2F208 B2F209 F11F270 C9I201 E10I203 E7I204 F9I205 G5I206 G5I207 A8I208 A8

A5

I209 B9I210 C2I211 E4I212 E7I213 F6I214 F6I215 E5I216 B8I217 A9I218 C1I219 B1I222 C9I224 F11I225 F11I226 E1I228 B9I235 C9I236 B9c200 F6c201 H4c202 H4c203 H5c204 H5c205 H5c206 H5

c209 H6c210 H5c211 H6

2V9

SERVICE JUMPER

OR

To 1280 of

SIDE AV PANEL+HP PANEL(FL13)

A5

2V

2V

2V

9252

6

2V6

A5

A

I224

3

4

ND_1

BC327-257203

GND14209

6201

BA

S31

6

BSH1037210

1682123

51 K

BC327-257204

1K95

IMX17201-2

2

6

1

1R0

3210

27K

3211

1R0

3209

27K

3208

1u0

2277

I225

GN

F20

0

F209+1.8V_B

+1.8V_A

B

A

IN

+3V

IN IN N ININ

+3.3V

N ININ INN

C

D

+3.3V

E

IN

c207 H6c208 H6

E_14480_009.eps200204

!

"

#$%#

A8

for EMC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

H

A8

A2A8

A5

A5 A8

A5A5

A5

A2

A5

A5A8

A8

A8A8 A8

A8

A8

A5

c208

GND2 GND3

220n

2208

GND_28GND1

c210

9202

Vaux_GND

c202

GND92

c204

GND89

4210 c206

GND125

32 10

9205

IFGND

c211

1532

GND_1

c209

c207

GND95 GND2 GND12 GND95

c203

4212

c205

Vaux_GND c201

220n

2207

GND121GND68

9203

EH

Tin

fo

Ibla

ckB

CL

SC

1_G

RE

EN

_

+8V+6V+3V

INT

F_L

_IN

TF

_R_

SC

2_L_

IS

C2_

R_

SC

1_B

LUE

_

SC

1_L_

IS

C1_

R_

SID

E_L

_S

IDE

_R_

C

SC

1_R

ED

_I

SC

1_C

VB

S_I

N

SC

2_Y

|CV

BS

_IN

SC

2_C

HR

OM

A_I

N

SID

E_Y

|CV

BS

_IN

SID

E_C

HR

OM

A_

SC

1_F

BL

3139 123 5673.1

#%#&

!'( )

Mono Carrier: Hercules

A4

A2

A1

A4

A2

A1

A1

A7

A1,

A3:

A7

POWER DOWN

AU

DO

UT

SR

AU

DO

UT

SL

AU

DO

UT

LSR

AU

DO

UT

LSL

AU

DO

UT

HP

RA

UD

OU

TH

PL

AG

CO

UT

GND1GND2GND3GNDA

VSSA1

VSSADC

VSSC1|PVSSC2VSSC3VSSC4

VSSCOMB

VSSP2

AD

C1

AD

C0

PW

M4

PW

M3

PW

M2

PW

M1

PW

M0

TP

WM

SD

AS

CL

TX

RXT1

INT

2T

0IN

T1

INT

0I2

SW

SI2

SC

LKI2

SD

O2

I2S

DO

1

I2S

DI1

IFV

OH

OU

T

GO

FB

ISO

EW

D

DV

BO

DV

BO

CV

BS

O

BO

AV

L

VR

EFA

D_N

EG

VR

EFA

D_P

OS

VS

CX

TALI

NX

TALO

UT

YIN

YS

YN

C

VP3VP2VP1

VDDP_3.3

VDDCOMB

VDDC4VDDC3VDDC2VDDC1

VDDADC_1.8

VDDA3_3.3VDDA2_3.3

VDDA1

VDDA_1.8

VCC8V

YO

UT

VO

UT

VD

RB

VD

RA

UO

UT

SV

M

RO

QS

SO

AD

C3

AD

C2

C2

C4

CV

BS

2

CV

BS

3

CV

BS

4

DE

CB

GD

EC

DIG

DE

CS

DE

MD

EC

V1V

8E

HTO

G SIF

AG

C

INS

SW

3IR

EF

PH

1LF

PH

2LF

PLL

IF

R SE

CP

LL

SIF

IN1

SIF

IN2

UIN

VG

UA

RD

VIF

IN1

VIF

IN2

VIN

VR

EF

_NE

G_H

PL+

HP

RV

RE

F_N

EG

_LS

L+H

PL

VR

EF

_PO

S_H

PR

VR

EF

_PO

S_L

SL

VR

EF

_PO

S_L

SR

+H

PR

VR

EFA

D

SW

IO

SW

OS

SIF

RE

FO

RE

FIN

PIP

FM

RO

IFV

OF

MR

O

CS

Y

AV

L

SV

OC

VB

SI O

P0<

0:5>

P1<

0:7>

P2<

0:5>

P3<

0:3>

AM

OU

TA

UD

EE

M

AG

C2S

IFA

UD

IOIN

2LA

UD

IOIN

2RA

UD

IOIN

3LA

UD

IOIN

3RA

UD

IOIN

4LA

UD

IOIN

4RA

UD

IOIN

5LA

UD

IOIN

5RB B

CLI

NB

LKIN

PB

IN3

YIN

3

PR

IN3

C3

Y2

Y3

Y4

GNDIF

DV

BA

GC

DV

BIN

1

DV

BIN

2

2V3

2V4

A5

0V0

A3

A5 A5

A3,

A5

A3

1V5

1V5

0V0 0V

04V

02V

3

2V2

3V2

1V6

1V6

0V0

0V0

5V5

2V33V

2

1V4

*

A5

*

*

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2V0

3V3

8 9

A

B

C

D

E

F

*

3V6

3V6

3V3

1V6

A55

for

ITV

onl

y

A3 A3

4V5

5V1

2V0

3V3

1V9

5V1

2V2

0V0

16V

SS

14

1V4

3V3

3V9

0V0

A5

A2 A2

A8

for

ITV

onl

y

A5

2V1

3V3

3V3

3V3

A3

A3

0V0

2V4

3V5

3V8

A3

13V

A8

4V4

A3,

A5

13V

1V

A8

for

ITV

onl

y

A2

A5

7V0

2V0

0V0

2V0

3V3

3V3

1V7

0V0

1V4

A9

*

HERCULES

*

0v7

A5

1V7

0V0

3V4

A5

A5

0v6

for

ITV

onl

y

(+8V

)

A8

A8 A8

A8

0V00V0

0V0

3V8

3V6

A5

A5

0V0

0V01V

3

2V0

TO 1282 OF

5V

-1V

3V4

0V0

2V2

1V3

2V3

0V3

A5

1V5

0V3

1V2

1V2

10R

3214

GN

D2

GND121

2V2

0V0

Rear I/O Scart

0V0

*

*

2V2

2V2

A5 *

*

A5

A5

2V3

2V8

2V0

2V2

*

To 1729 Of

A8

0V0

2V0

0V5

2V0 4V

03V

30V

01V

6

2V2

2V2

1V4

1V3

A5

2V

1V3

0V5

0V0

0V0

1V7

0V0

2V0

2V6

A5

1V5

5V0

A5

A5

A9

0V3

2V0

2V5

3V3

0V0

0V0

0V0

A9

0V0

0V00V0

A5

2V0

5V0

3V3

5V1

3V3

*

*

3V3

0V8

A5

A5 A2

A2

A8

3V3

2V

5

1V5

1V6

2V0

0V0

0V0

F20

6

7207BC847B

220n

2229

7205BC847B

1684

3246

22K

GND125

3237

100R

1u0

2280

3294

1234

100R

5212

220n

2206

390R

3221

1K0

GN

D2

3285

I216

2240 1u

5

5209

F20

5

9261

GND89

2273

100u

10V

4214

3257

100R

2247

GND_28

100n

118

57

55

56122

103

117

34

8284127

61

128

119

53

1148247

38 40 39121

123

120

124

5126

60

19

106

107

116

105

104

59

64

58

54

84

41

35125

33

36

1229

9

112

113

88

904451

110

87 100

99

20

1817 16 15 7 6

1413 1025 26 27 32

3130 3 22 2 1 21

4837

101

43

50

62 81

52 102

23

24

115

91 11

85 86

97

108

63

11189

46 45

42

49 70 77 74 71 78

65

10980 79 95 94

67 66 69 68 93 92 96

SIG

NA

LV

IDE

OΦ 7200

TDA12001H1

8398

76 75 73 72

PR

OC

ES

SO

R

GND121

100n

2243

100R

3218

I207

BZ

X38

4-C

5V6

6211

GND_1

2241

22n

3271

2266

220R

52u2 IMX1

7201-1

GN

D2

GN

D12

1

100p

2279

39p

2268

3207

10R

2254

1n0

2270

2227

4u7

10V

100n

220n

2211

2251

150n

3K3

3202

GN

D2

3266

100R

5208

1n0

2248

2204

22n

G

GN

D2

GND68

100R

3287

220n

9204

2238

100R

3225

25V100u

GND2

2250

GN

D12

1

5207

3

120812

3233

I222

100R32

59

GN

D2

22K

4K7

3281

220n

2210

6202

GND68

BA

S31

6

56K52

013292

BA

S31

662

09

3248

100R

GND_1

GN

D89

c200

5214

3201

1K0

220n

2212

3293

52162216

220n

100R

3268

100p

2287

3263

100R

HC49U24MHZ576

1205

2235

3234

6n8

2226

220n

100R

GND12

2257

3n3

3240

22K

100u22

03

BZ

X38

4-C

5V6

GN

D12

1

GND92

621010

0R

2232

100n

3258

3269

100R

3236

3203

100R I228

150K

100R

3277

GND2

4219

3228

100R

3267

GND1

100R

100R

3278

4211

7202

4u7

5217

GND3

I236

F201

10V

100u22

17

3279

4K7

F202

220n

2205

GND95

I226

2231

100n

F270

10K

3252

2209

GND_1

220n

3291

1K0

100R

3226

F203

2233

100n

10n

2236

4K7

3280

3284

4K7

100R

3270

2213

220n

GND2

9266

I218

GN

D1

15K

3205

2224

100u 10V

GND2

3242

1K0

5211

I214

GND_1

3254

120R

I208

9260

100n

3250

1K0

2256

GND92

I20

GND3

3235

390R

100R

3247 GND_1

6208

BA

S31

6

GN

D1

3229

3262

100R

1K0

GND682249

100n

5202

I235

I203

6207

6204

BA

S31

6

I209

5205

33n

2221

100R

3275

100R

3289

I213

680R

3222

5K6

3296

4K7

3261

2260

GN

D2

100n

100n

2242

GN

D2

100R

3227

3256

100R

I215

4K7

3283

33K3243

2245

GN

D2

3204 1n0

3K3

2253

10n

3265

100R

1u0

2278

100p

2285

4213

F20

8

2222

5n6

3273

1K0

100R

3276

2276

100n

3224

1M0

3272

820R

100p

2283

3223

5K6

100n

2274

220n

2215

5K6

3206

2237

100n

220n

2239

9257

2284

100p

GND1

100n

2263

220n

GND95

GN

D3

2259

GND2

2K2

3238

GND68

GND12

3217

GN

D_1

100R

3288

3216

10R

GND121

3241

39K

3264

100R

2246

2275

GN

D1

100n

50V

10u

F207

100R

3274

GN

D2

GN

D1

GND125

2269

39p

5203

I210

BAS316

I217

6203

F20

4

100R

3244

100R

3249

25V

47u22

18

2286

100p

100R

3212

2272

GND3

100n

I206

100R

3290

100n

2214

5213

3219

100R

10n

2262

GND92

3215

4K7

GND92

3255

100R

I204

GND12

7208

9201

100R

3230

3297 33K

2252

10n

9265

2289

1n0

I219

3232

12K

I205

9262

GND1

3231

100R

2271

100n

BSH1037209

50V

2230

4u7

100R

3253

1230

10n

2255

I212

1683

D1

GN

D1

2264

560p

25V

2234

100u 2282

1n0

6205

BZ

X38

4-C

27

100R

5215

3239

100R

3260

GND3

3282

4K7

3220

180R

GND12

4u7

2290

2258

100n

2u2

2267

2225

220n

GND1

10V

5295

2265

100u

2244

5210

2u2

2261

GN

D1

GN

D1

100n

2223

100n

I211

GND89

5206

220R

1n0

2288

3245

9215

KE

Y_p

rotn

KEY_protn

INT

F_F

BL

INT

F_V

_OU

T

INT

F_U

_OU

T

SE

L_LL

P|M

Std

by_C

on

PO

WE

R_D

OW

N

+5V

SC

2_S

TAT

US

|ITV

_MS

G

Vguard Vguard

Rou

tG

out

Bou

t

VIF

2V

IF1

VD Vgu

ard

+5V

SC

1_C

VB

S_O

UT

INT

F_C

VB

S_O

UT

RO

T

PO

WE

R_D

OW

N

SV

M

+3.3V

+3.3V+5V

+3.3V

SS

IF

RF

_AG

C

SC

2_R

_OU

T

SC

2_L_

OU

T

MA

IN_O

UT

R

MA

IN_O

UT

L

SC

1_R

_OU

T

SC

1_L_

OU

T

WR

ITE

_PR

OT

EC

T

+3.3V

SC

1_S

TAT

US

+3.

3V

SD

A

+5V

INT

F_Y

|GR

EE

N_I

N

+5V

+3.3V

I2S

WS

I2S

CLK

I2S

D|1

Res

et_+

5VS

EL_

SC

2_IN

TF

+5V

LED

VO

L_M

UT

E

+1.

8V_A

SIF

1S

IF2

+5V

INT

CO

LIG

HT

_SE

NS

OR

+1.8V_A

SA

ND

CA

ST

LE

+5V

+1.8V_B

+3.

3V

+3.3V

+3.3V

+3.

3V

SW

_SC

2_C

VB

S

HD

HD

_PIP

EW

_DR

IVE

VD

RA

VD

RB

Vbu

ffer

+5V

SC

L

INT

F_P

b|B

LUE

_IN

INT

F_P

r|R

ED

_IN

HD

RIV

E

+1.8V_B

+3.3V

+5V

ITV

_V1O

UT

INT

F_Y

_OU

T

IR

Page 50: PHILIPS L04

50L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

LT1/

CT

1 IN

TE

RFA

CE

PA

NE

L A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1204 B91206 A91207 D91212 A71213 E91219 C81220 E81221 F81240 F41241 F71242 E61243 F71245 C72601 C4

A4

To 1

4

8 9

8 9

2611 B22613 B92614 D52615 E42617 D62620 C22621 C22622 E52623 E22624 E22625 E12626 D82627 D92628 D92629 D92630 F22631 E43601 B43603 B73604 C53605 C53606 D13607 E13608 D23609 E23610 C1

To 1

252

of

A4

A4

A4

3614 E43616 B63617 B63618 B63619 B63620 B63621 B63622 E73623 E73625 E93626 E93628 E93631 E63634 E53635 D53636 D53637 D53639 C24601 E74602 B6A4

4604 B14605 D74606 D74607 E74609 D94610 C14611 B14612 C24630 F25601 F25602 E56602 E16610 C27601 B57602 D57603 A27604 D27605 D2

To 1

206

of

A4

7606 E57607 E69235 E59280 F79603 F19604 B79605 C39607 D79612 E7

9639 B2F210 A1F211 B1F212 C2F213 D2F214 C4F215 C4F216 B6F217 B6F218 B6F219 C7F220 D7F221 C7F222 D7

I2S

To 1

331

of

F223 D7F224 A6F225 A6F226 A6F227 E7F228 E9F229 E9F230 A9F232 E9F233 B9F237 B9F238 B9F239 A9F240 B9F241 B9F242 C9F243 C9F244 C9F245 C9F247 D9F248 E9

CR

T P

AN

EL

RE

S

/

F249 E9F250 B7F251 E8I223 D5I227 D1I229 E8I230 B3I231 E8I232 C3I233 E5I234 E2I240 C2I241 D1

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

AV

PA

NE

L

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

27p

234567

2629

12131

F242

F249

F233

100n

2613

F232

F248

F22910R

3626

F240

F244

F228

567

12041234

9280

4609

27p

2628

I231

F239

3

F243

5601

3625

10R

F230

F245

F238

I229

2627

27p

4567

9603

1206123

F237

4567

F247

1207123

3628

10R

F241

2626

27p

F251

B

A

SEL_SC2_INTF

SIDE_CHROMA_IN

Gout

Bout

Iblack

SVM

ROT

E

D

C

I2SCLK

Rout

LIGHT_SENSOR

C

Stdby_Con

I2SD|1

SIDE_L_IN

SIDE_Y|CVBS_IN

I2SD|1

I2SWS

SIDE_R_IN

E_14480_010.eps190204

7

E

Stdby-con

Power On

F

G

-

TxGND

3 ITV CLOCK

-

CRx

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

USB

4I2SDI1

-

Power On

MTV

ITV DATA OUT/SDA

Bus Request

(FOR SCART)

I2SWS

GND

C

PCMCIA

ITV SCL Tx

Power On

D

DVD

5

-

1213

6Light sensor

(FOR CINCH)

Power On

ITV

ITV POR 1

B

Rx

1206

1

Bus Request

for ITV only

I2SCLK

iDTV

Bus Request2

AITV DATAIN

Tx

Bus RequestRx

Stdby-con

-

-

2630

1n01241

4630

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Features & Connectivities

A4

A8

COM

OUTIN

To 1

219

of

C

D

E

A4

A4

62 o

f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

5V

A4

A4

A4

To 1

212

of

OF

A4

LT1/

CT

1 IN

TE

RFA

CE

PA

NE

L

A4

A4

A4

A7

A4

A4

A2

Only

FO

R IT

V O

NLY

TO 1138

A4

FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES

OFTO 1763 & 1764

3V3

A

AK

K

0V5

A4A4

FO

R IT

V

RES3V2

PCF85116

5V

5V4

RES

for EMC

7V

3V3

6V

A4

A4

A4

A4

For ITV

A4

RES

A4

OnlyFor ITV

For ITVRES

RES

EE

PR

OM

Only

A4

F220

1245

I241

3456789

13 1415 16

12121

101112

2

100R

3618

2614

4u7

3604

100R

1240

F227

9235

33p

2622

PDTC124ET7602

3610

100R

9612

3631

22K

47u

2611

3639

22R

16V

9639

4611

100n

2617I2

27

1243

BC327-257605

I230

F215

9607

4602

4604

F250

100n

2623

123456789

1219

GND_1

GND_1

I223

BAV996602

27K

3608

GND_1

I233 GND_1

GND_1

3603

100R

F226

47K

3635

9605

F212

2601

1n0

1242

F218

BC847B7604

3606

150K

34

5

67

8

GND_1

7601

12

BAS316

6610

3634

1K0

F210

10V

I234

2621

100u

100R

3617

4u7

I232

12

2615

1221

F225

4610

3601

4K7

3620

75R 9604

4612

F222

F214

GND_1

100K

3622

3619

75R

F221

F224

22u 50V

F217

2631

GND_1

F216

2625

2u2

GND_1

F223

4601

47R

3637

2620

100n

4607

100u26

24 10V

BC847B7607

GND_1

F213

6

GND33605

100R

12345

1220

4606

F211100R

3616

3607

27K

GND_1

100K3623

7603

GND2

IN

1OUT

3

L78L33ACZ

4605

F219I240

3609

470R

4u7

5602

7606BC847B

3614

100R

3621

75R

+9VA +9VA_1

3636

68K

INTF_U_OUT

+9V

INTF_V_OUT

+3.3V

+6VS

INTF_CVBS_IN

INTF_L_IN

VD

HD_PIP

ITV_V1OUT

SANDCASTLE

SW_SC2_CVBS

INTF_CVBS_IN

SC2_CVBS_OUT

SEL_SC2_INTF

Vbuffer

Reset_+5V

+9V

MUTING+9V

+9VA_1

INTF_R_IN

INTF_Y_OUT

INTF_FBL

Stdby_Con

INTF_CVBS_OUT

+6V

+5V

+8V

Vbuffer

+6VS

+6V

+5V

WRITE_PROTECT SCL

SDA

INTF_Y|GREEN_IN

+3.3V

INTF_Pr|RED_IN

VT_Supply

+6V

INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN

+3.3V+3V

Page 51: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 51L04U AA 7.

LM393N

8 9

8 9

A

B

C

D

E

F

1222 F11902 C91903 A72928 A22929 E22930 A22931 A22932 B22933 B22934 B22935 E22936 D22937 E22938 F22939 E22942 C42945 D52946 D52947 B52948 B52949 A52950 A52951 A52952 C62953 C62954 D72955 C72957 C82958 C82960 B42961 A52963 B62970 D72971 D72972 E72973 E82974 E82977 A42978 B72979 B82980 C82981 E72982 C82983 E82984 C83930 A23931 A23932 B23933 B23934 B33935 B33936 E23937 D23938 E23939 F23940 E33941 F33942 B43943 C43945 E93946 D23947 C33948 D23949 C33952 C63953 D63955 C73956 C83957 D93958 A53959 C33960 A53961 C33962 C23964 A83965 A83971 D73972 E83973 A33974 C43975 A74910 B9

4911 C74912 D74913 B74914 F84915 F84916 F84917 F85901 C75902 D75907 C85908 D85910 B75911 C75912 D75913 A85914 B76901 D26903 A96904 D36905 B56906 A67901-1 B37901-2 E37902 B57903 D37904 C27906 A89910 A79911 A79913 A89914 B79915 B7F901 C2F903 D9F904 C9F905 D9F910 F1F911 F1I909 A2I910 A3I911 A3I913 B2I914 B3I915 C3I916 A4I918 D3I919 C4I920 C2I921 C4I922 C4I924 A5I925 E2I926 A8I927 B8I928 A5I930 A6I934 C6I935 C7I936 C7I937 C6I938 D6I939 D7I940 D7I941 A3I942 A8I943 D7I944 A9I945 D4I946 D9I948 F3

Audio_Gnd

ES

220n

4917

4916

F904

6903

BAS316

Audio_Gnd

10K

3965

Vaux_GND

13

I946

2982

15n

F903

dio_Gnd

I942

22K

3964

2974

220n

o_Gnd

Audio_Gnd

Audio_Gnd

3938

dio_Gnd

F905

3957

39K

4910

3972

10K

I944

udio_Gnd

2957

220n

Audio_Gnd

13

3945

10K

345

1902

12

4

2983

15n

3956

10K

220n

Audio_Gnd

2937

40 K

Vaudio-

-V

+9VB

Vaudio+

Vaudio+

VT_Supply

V_DG

Vaudio+1

E_14480_011.eps200204

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

F

JMP

ROW

---

Europe3975

AMP-ST-5W-GL

100R, 2W

For

SU

B W

oofe

r

For

ITV

---

150R, 2W

FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC

AMP-ST-10W+20W-GL AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-EU

1903

AMP-ST-15W/20W-GL

---9911

And

1222123456

---FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC

JMP---

AMP-ST-10W-GLJMP---

AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-ITV-EUJMP---

AMP-ST-5W-ITV-GLJMP---

AMP-ST-5W-EUJMP---

AMP-ST-10W-EUJMP---

AMP-ST-5W-ITV-EUJMP

Audio_Gnd

F910

4915

4914

I948120p

2938

F911

4K7

3941

100K

3939

2K7

1u0 39 47

Audio_Gnd

Vaudio+

-V

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Class D - Audio Amplifier

CLASS D - AUDIO AMP (RESERVED)

DIAG

VSS2

POWERUP

EN2REL2

VDD1

SW2

VDD2

VSS1

BOOT2

OUT2

SW1

EN1

STAB

BOOT1REL1

OUT1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

C

D

E

10V7

10V5

-2V8

*

A4

A4

A4

LM393N

-2V8

-9V1

1V6

1V5

-15V

6

-2V8

-15V6

-9V1

-9V1

-2V7

-2V8

-8V8

-9V1

RES

RES

*

39K

3953

6901

BA

S31

6

2960

22u

R

47K

3948

3973

10K

I940

Audio_Gnd

2958

4K7

3962

I927

9915

I938

I937

9

1

17

5 13

8 10

4

14

7

11

15

2

16

7902

6

12

3

560p

2936

ΦAMPLIFIERCLASS-D

TDA8925J

3946

47K

I914

4K7

3932

5908

33u

Audio_Gnd

220n

2980

1n0

2929

1n0

2928

Audio_Gnd

2K2

3958

3936

10K

I922

3975

59

220p

2939

I945

2955

680p

2970

680p

5907

33u

2945

470u35V

Au

9911

33u

5901

3961

470R

9910

Audio_Gnd

100K

3935

VALUE

1903

MRT

3

21

8

4

7901-1

Audio_Gnd

3949

22K

22u

2948

Audi

I919

7903BC847B

2934

220p

5911

BC857B7904

7906BC327-25

4R7

3955

5914

5902

33u

2950

47n

100n

2942

Au

I926

3943

I925

2K2

3974

4K7

I936

I939

2978 22

u50

I920

3937

150K

I913

47K

3934

I921

2932

1u0

3942

2K2

I909

150K

3931

I930

A

I924

Audio_Gnd

680p

2954

6904

BZX384-C27

2931

560p

35V470u

2949

5910

680p

2971

Audio_Gnd

47n

2947

I916

99

I941

Audio_Gnd

I915

I918

Audio_Gnd

8

2933

120p

7901-2

5

67

2K7

3933

I910

5912

2953

1u0

2973

9914

10K

3930

1u0

2952

47n

2946

47n

2979

2930

100n

39K

3952

F901

3947

39K

3K9

3959

220n

6905

1

2

3

2972

3960

100K

P0102DA

2961

47u25V

2963

10p

6906

BAV99

4912

4913

I934

4911

2977

1u

3971

4R7

220n

2981

I911

I943

I935

100n

2935

2984

220n

I928

Vaux_GND

+Vaudio

-Vaudio

Vaudio+ Vaudio-

47n

2951

MAIN_OUTR

VOL_MUTE

Vaudio-

MAIN_OUTL

+Vaudio

-Vaudio

-V

-V

Vaudio-

Vaudio-

Vaudio+

Vaudio+

Vaudio+

Vaudio-

Vaudio+

Vaudio-

Vaudio+

Vaudio-

Page 52: PHILIPS L04

52L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

8 9

8 9

E

A

B

C

D

E

1280 B91281 B91282 D32911 D32912 D32913 D42914 D42915 D42916 C62985 B42986 A72987 A72988 C72989 B52990 B52991 B42992 B52993 C52994 B72995 C72996 B82997 C83985 B43988 B53989 B83991 B43992 C53993 C83994 C43995 C63996 D53997 D43998 E3

8 ohm / 15W

3999 D46990 D37990 B67991 C67992 C57993 D57994 E3F950 B4F951 B4F952 B8F953 C9F955 B8I951 B6I952 B6I953 B5I954 B5I955 C6I956 B8I957 C8I958 D4I959 D4

5

8 ohm / 15W

1281

1234

I956

I957Audio_Gnd

3989

10R

F953

2997

47n

Audio_Gnd

12345

Audio_Gnd

1280

F95547n

2996

10R

3993

F952

udio+1

AmpOutR

audio

AmpOutL

Stdby_Con

E_14480_012.eps200204

A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A5

3998

10K

7994BC847B

MUTING

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Audio Amplifier

POWERDOWN

A4

RES

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

C

D

A4

TO 1683 OF

RES +16V

+16V -16V

0V7

16V

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER

A4

I955

I958

2988

100n

4u7

2911

2912

4u7

4u7

2913

2914

4u7

120K

3999

7993BC847B

I954

2986

100n

7992BC847B

4u7

2915

1n0

2990

7

1

9

5

8

2

4

6

3

7990TDA2616Q

68K

3996

I953

1K0

3991

100n

2987

220n

2992

2985

22n

2995

3992

4K7

2991

BAS316

6990

2916

4u7

1282I959

F950

3988

4K7

3994

68K

2993

1n0

I951

F951

47K

3995

22n

2994

1K0

3985

7991BC847B

220n

2989

I952

820K

Va

VOL_MUTE

MAIN_OUTR

MAIN_OUTL

-V

Vaudio+1

3997

Page 53: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 53L04U AA 7.

AV2

E

F

1101 A31102 B31103 B3

Sub Woofer

8 9

8 9

A

B

C

DV

1104 C31105 C31106 D31107 E31108 E31109 F31110 C81111 D81112 E81113 C81137 B91138 A31153 F91223-1 B21223-2 C21223-3 E21227 B61228 E91229 B81236 A41237 F91262 F61263 C51264 C51265 D51266 F51267 D52103 B42104 B42105 B52106 B52107 B32108 B32122 E42123 E52124 F42125 E52126 E32127 F32131 D72132 D72133 E72134 D72136 D82137 E82157 F92158 F72159 F82163 E93101 A33103 B43104 B43105 B43106 B4

L

V

3111 C43112 C43113 C43114 C43115 D43116 D43121 E43122 D43123 E33124 E53125 E33126 F53129 C93130 C93131 D83132 D73133 D83134 E73135 C73136 C73138 C73156 F83157 E83161 E73162 E9

3164 F73166 E73167 C5

SPDIF

3168 D53169 C54101 C24102 C34103 C24104 D84105 E34106 C34107 C34108 D34109 C34110 E34111 E34112 B54113 D64115 E64116 C94117 F94130 C94136 C74144 E66106 E36132 C87103 E87104-1 A47104-2 A49101 D6

1224

RE

S

9112 C49113 E49114 C49116 D49138 C7F101 A3F102 B3F103 B3F104 C2F105 C2F106 D2F107 D2

A4

F108 E2F109 E2F110 D8F111 D8F112 C8F113 C8F115 B7F116 B5F117 B5F119 E9F120 F9F121 E9F122 D2F123 E2F138 F6I104 C5I105 C5I106 D5I107 B4I108 B4I109 E5I110 D5I111 E5I112 E5I113 D7I114 D7I115 C7I116 D6I117 E7I118 E8I119 E8I120 D6

*

R

RE

S1

F112

2157

100n

123

15

16

1228

13

14

3161

F121

50V2u2

F110

F113

6132

3156

47K

1153

390p

2137

3847B

I119

F120

F11922R

3162

4116

1113

1110

3157

1K0

I118

75R

3129

2163

47p

1111

3166

2345

113761

4104 21

36

390p

1112

I117

1237

1

2

150R

4117

3130

75R

4130

F111

SC2_L_OUT

Vbuffer

E_14480_014.eps200204

A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FA4

JMPJMPJMP---

CN-R1 I-ITV-LA------------------------

JMP------

---

------

JMPJMPJMP

CN-R2 I/1 O-GL--- JMP

CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-SY-ITV-GL

---------------

JMP------

CN-R1 I/1 O-GLJMPJMPJMP------------

A4

For ITV

for ITV only

ITEM4101

CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-GL

------

JMPJMP

JMPJMP

4102 JMPJMPJMPJMP

4103410941104111

JMPJMP

41309112911391149116

---------------------

JMPJMPJMPJMP

CN-R2 I/1 O/YUV-GL---------------

F138

10K

3164

10K

2124

330p

1262

6 7

8 91

2

3

2159

47n

2K2

47K

3126

1266

1109

47n

2158

2127

390p

SC1_FBL

SC2_STATUS|ITV_MSG

SC2_R_OUT

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Rear I/O Cinch

A5MUTING

F122

A4

L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

C

D

E

YUV INPUT

V

MONITOR OUTPUT

V

RES

Y

U

RES

RES

AV1

ITV RES

for IT

RE

SR

ES

A4

**

*

*

*

*

*

*

A4

A4

A4

A4

*

From 1240 OF

For ITV

A5

A4

V

For ITV

For ITV

RES

A4 A4

RES

L

A4R

REAR I/O CINCH

RE

S

A4

for ITV

4110

R

RE

S

3112

I105

3121

75R

23

9101

1229

F123

4105

3122

330R

1223-3

9

10

11

12

F102

F103

390p

2126

2107

390p

2125

3111

1108

47K

3134

1106

4113

1236

1 2 3

4112

I106

3131

150R

F105

2105

10u

3115

I112

4108

50V

F1062132

2u2

911331

24

47K

710BC

220K

3104

1107

4103

3138

390p

2108

150R

3103

F101

4115

1103

F116

F117

330p

2122

I111F108

4111

1102

3106

220K

F107

F11

5

3136

4136

9138

150R

3133

68R

3101

I113

I114

7104-1IMX1

5

3

4

2106

10u

6

7

8

1223-2

5

I104

3168

75R

75R

3167

1

2

3

4

1223-1

I120 50V 2u2

2134

I115

3113

1264

1263

F109

F104

9114

9112

2123

2u2 50V

3116

1105

I116

I108

3132

47K

4102

4107

7104-2IMX1

2

6

1

75R

3135

1267

2103

330p

1265

3114

1104

9116

3125

4109

3123

150R

6106

BZ

X28

4-C

6V8

3105

150R

4101

75R

3169

2131

330p

I107

I110

1138

330p

2133

1227

1 2 3

I109

4106

4144

1101

330p

2104

SC1_GREEN_IN

SC1_L_IN

SC2_Y|CVBS_IN

SC2_CVBS_OUT

SC2_L_IN

SC2_R_INSC1_CVBS_IN

SC2_CHROMA_IN

SC2_R_OUT

SC2_L_OUT

SC1_BLUE_IN

SC1_RED_IN

SC1_R_IN

Page 54: PHILIPS L04

54L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

E ELIGHT_SENSORF698

E_06532_012.eps130204

A4

A9

1 2 3 4

LTL-10224WHCR(RED)(RED)

AP

LTL-10224WHCR

ITEM NO. EU

(GREEN)

LATAM

(GREEN)LTL-10234WHCR

NAFTA

6691LTL-10234WHCR

SETS WITH LIGHT_SENSORJMP4693

KEY_PROTN

E_14480_015.eps2002043139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: Front Control

A4,A9

*

volu

me-

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

1600 A41601 A41602 A41603 B31604 B31606 B21692 D41693 D42691 C42692 E23681 A43683 A23684 A23685 A33686 A33687 A43689 A23690 C4

F693

F691

1 2

220R

3690

3 4

A

TS USA

3691 C33692 C23693 C43694 C33695 B23696 E23697 E34691 D24692 C24693 E34694 D14695 B36691 C36692 C46693 D26694 C47691 D39683 A2F682 A2F683 A4F685 B4F691 D2F692 D3F693 C2F694 D1

STANDBY LED

IR RECEIVER

F695 D2F696 C1F697 D4F698 E3F699 D3I681 A2I682 A3I683 A3I686 A4I687 D2I688 A3I689 C4I691 B3I693 C3

*

DV

D E

ject

For Engg Purpose Only

chan

nel-

PO

WE

R

RE

S

volu

me+

chan

nel+

RE

S

A4

RES

*

To

1693of

A4

FRONT CONTROL

for ITV only

RES

3686

390R

F692

1602

9683

4694

1606

F694

3696

680K

3685

150R

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3VS

I693

2691

100u

F685

3684

1K2

F683

F697

4692

BP

W46

6693F695

I687

I686

1600

1234567

1692

669121

123456

1693

3694

4K7

3692

I681

BZ

X38

4-C

5V1

6694

3687

1K8

3681

820R

F699

4695I691

1604

4691

I683

3695

220R

3693

F682

3689

I688

I689

3697

10K

7691BC847B

I682

4693

1601

47n

2692

3683

1603

3691

330RF696

IR

IR

LED

KEY_PROTN

+6V

IR_OUT

LED_OUT

Page 55: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 55L04U AA 7.

ITV

onl

y

6

6

A

B

C

1581 A61582 A62581 B12582 B22583 C22584 C22585 C32586 B32587 B42588 B52589 C12590 C23581 B23582 C33583 B53584 B53585 B14581 C25581 B46581 B47581 A37582 C2F581 B6F582 B6F583 B6I582 B2I583 B2I584 B3I585 C3I587 B4I588 B4

DV

D/ID

TV

F5832K7

584 F582123456

1581

2u259

2u258

1582

1234

F581

Vaux_GND+5V

Vaux

E_14480_016.eps200204

1 2 3 4 5

MainSupplyGndMainSupplyGnd

2

MainSupplyGnd

3139 123 5673.1

Mono Carrier: DVD Power Supply

VCC

OSC

SS_INH

COMP GND BOOT

OUT

FB

COM

OUTIN

DVD POWER SUPPLY (RESERVED)

1 2 3 4 5

A

B

C

ITV only

2583

2n2

3585

100R

Vaux_GND

47u

5581

3

I588

Vaux_GND

Vaux_GND

Vaux_GND

3582

8K2

Vaux_GND

2582

220n

I582

3581

22K

I584

Vaux_GNDI585

4581

2029

1 3

7582L78L08ACZ

L49787581

1

2

3 4

5

67

8

2586

100n

Vaux_GND

2585

22n

100n

2584

2588

1m0

I587

16V

2587

1n0

Vaux_GND

6581

SB

340

I583

Vaux_GND

2581

100u

25V

4K7

3583

Vaux

+9VB

+9VA

Vaux_GND

Page 56: PHILIPS L04

56L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

E_14480_002.eps190204

452 C7453 B7454 B8455 B8456 A8459 B8480 B8481 B8486 C6500 A4511 A5535 C4536 C3537 C3540 B3551 C5562 B4

6563 C46573 B56575 A46581 D46691 A16692 B16693 B16905 D17203 E57204 E57401 A67405 B67406 C57451 C87452 C87453 C77512 A4

7513 B57531 B37571 B57581 D47601 D57603 E47605 E57902 C27906 C37990 E39002 E79101 D89112 D89113 D89114 D89116 D89120 C7

9121 D79122 D79123 D79124 D89125 D79126 D89128 D79129 D79138 D89201 E69202 E49203 E69204 E79205 D49206 D49207 D49208 D4

9209 C59210 E79211 D79212 E79213 D79214 D49215 E79216 D49217 D69218 E69219 D69220 D59221 D59222 E59223 E69224 D59225 D49226 D49227 D59228 D49229 D59230 D59231 E69232 E59233 E69234 E79235 D79236 C59237 D69238 D79239 E69240 E59241 C69242 D49243 C49244 E69245 E49246 E69247 E49248 E69249 D49250 E69251 E59252 C59253 D59254 C79255 C79257 D79258 C79259 D79260 D79261 D79262 D79263 E79264 C79265 C79266 C79267 D79268 D79269 C49271 E59272 D49273 D49274 D49275 C59276 D59277 C69278 D49279 D49280 D59290 E69294 C69295 C59296 C59297 C49298 C59299 C59401 B59402 B69407 B69410 B69417 A59460 B69466 B59467 B69469 C59470 C69473 C59474 C59475 C59476 C59477 C69478 C69479 C69480 C69481 C69482 C79483 C89484 C79485 C79486 B79487 B89488 A89489 B89490 A89491 A6

9492 C69500 A29501 B29502 B29503 B29504 B29505 B39506 A39507 A29508 A29509 C49510 C49511 B29512 B39513 B59514 C49532 B39536 C49537 C49570 A39573 C29574 B49575 C39576 A49577 B59578 B39579 C39582 C49583 C49584 B49585 A49586 C49587 B49589 C59590 C59591 C39592 C39593 C49604 C69605 E69607 D79612 E49631 C69633 C79637 E79639 E49642 D79643 D59653 D49660 C19661 C19662 B19663 C19664 C19665 B19666 C19683 B19688 E49689 E49690 E49694 E69695 E49696 D49910 C39911 D39913 D39914 D39915 C39920 D39921 D39924 D29926 D39927 D29933 D39935 D39936 C39937 C39939 D39940 C39941 D39942 D39943 D39944 D39946 C2

3139 123 5673.1

Layout Mono Carrier: (Top Side)1000 E81001 E61002 E51003 E51004 E71005 E81010 E71011 E71012 E61013 E81137 C81138 E71204 C61205 D51206 D51207 E71208 D7

1212 C61213 C51219 C71220 E41221 C51222 D31223 D81227 C71228 E81229 C81234 D51236 D71237 E81240 D41241 D51262 D71280 E3

1281 E31401 C71402 A61404 A51451 C71452 A81453 B51454 B71500 A21501 A21502 B21503 C31504 C21505 A21506 A21507 C21508 A2

1509 C21510 B11532 B31535 C51542 C41543 C41545 C41581 D41582 C31600 C11601 C11602 D11603 D11604 C11606 A11682 D41692 C1

1693 C11902 D21903 D32006 E72008 E82105 D72106 D72123 D72125 D72132 C72134 C82203 D52217 E52218 D62224 E52230 D62234 D6

2240 E52250 D62251 E52265 E62273 E62275 E62401 A72404 B62405 A62406 A62411 B62412 A62413 B62415 A52416 B62417 A62418 A5

2419 B62427 B62451 A82454 A82455 A82457 C72458 C72459 A82460 A72463 C82465 C82467 C72481 A72484 A82486 B62500 A22501 C2

2502 C22503 A42504 A42505 A42506 A32507 A32508 C22509 C12511 A52514 A42528 B42534 B32535 C32536 C32537 C32539 C32540 C3

2541 C32542 B42543 B32545 B32546 B32551 B52552 C52561 C42562 B42563 C42565 C42570 B42581 C42588 C42611 E42621 E52624 E5

2691 B12945 D22948 D22949 D22960 D22961 D12978 C33020 E73101 D83103 D83105 D83112 D83114 D83116 D83122 D83123 D83125 D8

3131 C83133 D83138 D83157 E83167 D73201 D53215 D53224 E53230 D43231 D63234 C63239 C73241 E53246 D53249 D73252 D53258 D7

3260 D53270 D73274 D73275 E73276 C73277 C73278 D73291 D73401 C63403 A73406 A73407 A73410 A83411 A63412 A63414 C63415 B6

3417 A63418 C53425 C53430 B63431 C63432 B73433 B63434 B63440 C53441 B63442 A73443 A73451 B63454 A83455 B83457 B83458 B7

3460 B73461 C73466 C73467 C73468 C73470 C83471 C73472 C73482 B83483 B83484 B83485 B83497 C53500 B13501 B13502 A13503 B1

3504 B23505 A23506 B13507 B33508 A33509 B23510 B23511 B53513 A53514 A53515 A53516 A43519 B43520 A43521 A53523 B23529 B3

3531 B43532 B33534 B43542 B33563 C43571 B53574 B53575 B53577 B53584 C43585 D43603 C63606 E43616 C63617 C63618 C63683 B1

3943 C23945 D33961 C33962 D33975 D35201 D55208 D65216 D65217 D75401 A65402 B65403 B55405 B55406 B65408 B65410 B65450 B7

5451 B75500 B25501 B25502 A35503 A35511 A45512 B45512C B45512D B45531 B45532 B35536 C45537 C45551 B55552 B55561 B45562 B4

5581 D45602 D75603 C75901 D25902 D25907 D15908 D25913 D35914 D36001 E86401 A66403 C66404 A66406 A66410 A66411 A66412 A6

66666666666666666

Page 57: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 57L04U AA 7.

E_14480_003.eps190204

72 B673 B679 B580 B581 B582 B583 B584 B585 A487 B588 B589 B690 C692 B693 B694 C695 A5

3296 A53404 E63405 E73409 E83416 D63420 C63427 D73428 D73436 D53445 C53446 C53452 D73453 E73462 D83463 D83464 C83469 C8

3473 E83474 C73475 C73476 E73477 E83478 D83480 E73481 D83486 D83487 E73488 E73489 C53490 E83491 E83492 E83493 E83494 E8

3495 C63498 C63499 C63512 E53517 E53518 E53522 E53524 E53527 D43528 D43530 D33533 D33535 C33536 C33537 D33538 D33539 D33541 C33565 C43572 C53573 D53576 D53578 D53579 D53581 B43582 B43583 B43601 B53604 B53605 B53607 A43608 A53609 A43610 A43614 B73619 C63620 C63621 C63622 A43623 A43625 B53626 B53628 B53631 B73634 B73635 B73636 B73637 B73681 C13684 C13685 B13686 B13687 C13689 C13690 C23691 E13692 E13693 D13694 E13695 D13696 D13697 D13930 C33931 C33932 C33933 C33934 C33935 C23936 B33937 B33938 B33939 B33940 B33941 B23942 C23946 B33947 C23948 C33949 C23952 C23953 C23955 B23956 B2

3957 B33958 B13959 C33960 B13964 C33965 C33971 B23972 B23973 B23974 C23985 B33988 A33989 A33991 A33992 A33993 A33994 B33995 A33996 B44000 A84001 A84002 A54003 A74004 A54005 A74006 A84010 A74011 A64012 A64013 A64015 A84101 B84102 B84103 B84104 B84105 B84106 B84107 B84108 B84109 B84110 B84111 B84112 C74113 C74115 B74116 C84117 A84130 C84136 C84144 B74209 A64210 B64211 B64212 B54213 B64214 C64219 B54221 B54222 A54223 A64224 A54226 A54227 A64240 C44241 C44470 E84492 E84533 E54534 C44535 C44536 C34537 C44601 A44602 C64604 A44605 C74606 C74607 A44609 A64610 A44611 B44612 A54620 C7

4631 B44635 C74637 B64642 A74644 A74645 B64646 B54648 B74649 A44691 C14692 D14693 D14694 C14695 E14696 C14910 B34911 B24912 B24913 C24914 A44915 A44916 A44917 A44921 C25001 A75002 A75003 A55202 B55203 B55205 B65206 B55207 B55209 A55210 B65211 A65212 A65213 B65214 A55215 B55513 D55533 D45534 C45535 C45601 C75910 C25911 B25912 B26002 A86003 A86004 A56005 A76106 B86132 C86201 A46202 B66203 B66204 A66205 C66207 A56208 C56209 C46210 B56211 B56407 D56408 D56441 D66442 D66443 C66450 E76451 E76457 C76458 C86482 C56483 C76484 D66488 D76489 D76512 D56514 E56531 D36532 D46533 D46534 D4

6538 D46541 C36564 C46565 C46566 C46571 C56572 D56576 C36602 A46610 A56694 C16901 B36903 C36904 C26906 B27001 A57003 A77103 A77104 B77200 B67201 A57202 A57205 C57207 B67208 B67209 A57210 A57402 E77403 E77404 C67408 C67410 C67411 C67454 C87455 D87456 D87480 E77481 D87482 C57483 E87484 C57511 E57514 E57532 D47535 C37536 C37541 C27561 C47573 C57602 B77604 A47606 B77607 B77691 D17901 C37903 C37904 C37991 B37992 B37993 B4

Part 4E_14480_003d.eps

Part 3E_14480_003c.eps

3139 123 5673.1

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

Part 1E_14480_003a.eps

Part 2E_14480_003b.eps

2001 A82002 A82003 A72004 A72007 A72009 A72013 A72014 A72016 A72103 B72104 A72107 B82108 B82122 B82124 B72126 B82127 B8

2131 C82133 C82136 C82137 B82157 A82158 A82159 A72163 A72204 A52205 B52206 B52207 A42208 A42209 B52210 B52211 B62212 B5

2213 B52214 A52215 B62216 B62221 A52222 A52223 B62225 B62226 A52227 A52229 B62231 B62232 B62233 B62235 A52236 A52237 B6

2238 A52239 A52241 A52242 B62243 B62244 A52245 A52246 B62247 B62248 A52249 B62252 B62253 A62254 A62255 A72256 A62257 A6

2258 B62259 B52260 A62261 A62262 B62263 A62264 B62266 A62267 A62268 A52269 A52270 A62271 A62272 A62274 A62276 A62277 B5

2278 A52279 B52280 B52282 B52283 A62284 A62285 A62286 B62287 B62288 B42289 B42402 E82403 E82408 C62409 D62410 C62414 C6

2420 C62425 C62428 D72453 E82456 D82461 D72462 D72464 C82468 C82469 D72470 C82480 E82482 C52483 E82487 D62488 C52489 D6

2490 D82491 E82512 E52513 E52515 D52516 E52517 E52518 E52519 E52530 D42531 D42532 D42533 D32538 C42544 D42547 C42548 C4

2549 D32550 D32553 D42564 C42566 C42571 D52572 C52573 D52582 C42583 B42584 B42585 B42586 B42587 B42601 B52613 B52614 B7

2615 B72617 B72620 A52622 B72623 A52625 A42626 C62627 B62628 B62629 B62630 C72692 D12928 C32929 B32930 B32931 C32932 C3

2933 C32934 C32935 B32936 B32937 B32938 B32939 B32942 C22946 B22947 C22950 B22951 C22952 C22953 C22954 B22955 B22957 B1

2958 B22963 B22970 B22971 B22972 B22973 B22974 B22977 C22979 C32980 B12981 B22982 B22983 B22984 B22985 B32986 A32987 A3

2988 A32989 B32990 A32991 A32992 A32993 A32994 A32995 A32996 A32997 A33000 A83001 A83002 A83003 A73004 A83005 A73006 A5

3007 A53008 A73009 A53010 A73014 A73016 A73018 A73019 A73104 B73106 A73111 B83113 B83115 B83121 B83124 B73126 B73129 C8

3130 C83132 C83134 C83135 C83136 C83156 A83161 B83162 A83164 B83166 A83168 B73169 B73202 B53203 A53204 B53205 A53206 A5

3207 B53208 A43209 A43210 A43211 A43212 B53214 B53216 B63217 A53218 B53219 B53220 B63221 B63222 A63223 A43225 B63226 B6

3227 B63228 B63229 B63232 A53233 C63235 A53236 A53237 A53238 B63240 B63242 B63243 A53244 A63245 C53247 A63248 B73250 B7

3251 A63253 A63254 A63255 A63256 A63257 B73259 B53261 B43262 B53263 B53264 B53265 B53266 B53267 A63268 B73269 B53271 B6

3232323232323232323232323232323232

Page 58: PHILIPS L04

58L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

Part 1

Page 59: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 59L04U AA 7.

E_14480_003b.eps200204

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

Part 2

Page 60: PHILIPS L04

60L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

E_14480_003c.eps090204

Part 3

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 3 Bottom Side)

Page 61: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 61L04U AA 7.

E_14480_003d.eps090204

Part 4

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 4 Bottom Side)

Page 62: PHILIPS L04

62L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

75 1

0330 B11254-A B71255 B61256-A B61331 E11332 B71351 F21352 F92330 B32331 D62332 C52333 D42334 B32335 F22351 G32352 F62353 F73328 D23329 C23330 D23331 D43332 C43333 C43334 C5

FOCUS2 EHT

9 10 11

FROM LOT, MAIN CHASSIS

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

T0 CRT SOCKET

3335 C43336 C53337 E33351 G33354 F53355 E63356 B63357 D64328 D24329 C24330 D24337 E35330 G55351 F35352 E45355 E66331 C46332 B46333 B46334 F26335 F26336 F36337 F37330 B29351 F39352 E6F331 E1F332 E1F333 E1F334 E1F335 E1F336 F1F338 C5F339 C5F340 C5F341 C5F351 G2F352 G2F353 G4F354 G3F356 E5I330 C4I331 C4I332 D4I333 C4I334 C4I335 D4I336 C5I337 D3I351 G2I353 F5I355 D6I357 B7

NO

T U

SE

D

CRT

LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION

13B BBB7

E_14480_017.eps200204

VSVM

*

VG

B2

B2

B1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F

G

From 1401 of

*

10n

Line + FrameDeflection

1

2

3

4

5

1351

5330

F351

2335

I353

10u

2351

100R

3351I351

5351

9351

1352

F352 F353

F354

Filament

+200V

+200VA

EHTb

SVM_ROT

ROT

3139 123 5674.1

CRT Panel

B G R

Blue

Green

Red

3k75

188k7

3k77

3k75

188k7

3k77

3k75

188k7

Vref

7VPROTECTIONTHERMAL

BC1A1

Vref

Vdd

2.5V

3k77

A2Vref

Vdd

BC2

A3Vref

Vdd

BC3

V

140V

6V

140V

2V5

5351

ITEM

100R100R100R

100R

IND FXD LAL04A 22U PM10

100R

9351

RE

S

RGB+DISPL-29FS_IN100R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B

10n

140V

A

B

C

D

E

---

THE REST

*

ROW

2V5

2V5

---

From 1204 of

4330

WIRE

*

---

B1

1K

R

T0

CR

T S

OC

KE

T

1K

1K

CRT Sockets

AQUADAG

1n5

CRT PANEL

------

JMP---

JMP

3337

4329

G

*

4328

4337

333033293328

RE

S

*

*F334

H19

7

F356Features &Connectivities

TDA6107

---------

---

JMP

4337

1n2333

F341

4329

4330

4328

8

F3402 IN2

3 IN3

9OUT1

8OUT2

7OUT3

6

Vdd

CR

7330

5BCI

GND

4

1 IN1

27u

5352

K5

354

8

H19

I335

CR

BA

V21

6332

3357

F331

3336

I331

100R

3330

0330

MECHPART

100n

2330

3332

3337

CG6I330

I355

I332

9352

CG6

3331

100R

3334

GND12

I334

10n

2331

F335

6334

6337

ZX

384-

C5V

6

ZX

384-

C5V

6

F333

3n3

2353

3355

G1523

34

CB11CB11

I357

G27

2352

680p

3329

3328

100R

100R

6336

6333

BA

V21

ZX

384-

C5V

6

BA

V21

6331

3356

10R

3335

100R

1

5355

1255

10

11

12

4

5

6

7

8

9

H210

GND12

1332

2332

G2

H210

F338

I333

G15

I336

F332

1

100R

3333

G3

1254-A1256-A

G31

ZX

384-

C5V

6

6335

I337

F336

F339

1

2

3

4

5

6

BC_INFO

GN

D_C

RT

1331

+200VA

EHTb

Page 63: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 63L04U AA 7.

SCAVEMCOIL

ROTATIONCOIL

0316 A61361 B71381 E71382 B42361 B42362 B42363 A42364 B42365 C42367 C62368 B42376 C22381 D32382 E62383 F62384 B52385 C52386 F32387 D33361 B33362 C33363 A53364 A53365 B53366 C53367 C5

A

B

C

D

E

F

3368 D53369 C53370 D53371 C63373 A23374 F53375 B23376 B23381 E43383 D43384 F43385 F43386 F53387 B33388 B43389 C43390 D34374 F55331 D25361 B66361 C36376 B26381 E56383 D27331 E37332 E37361 B37362 D37363 B57364 C57366 E67376 B27381 E57382 F59361 B6F360 D2F361 B6F362 C6F381 E7F382 E7I360 A5I361 B3I362 B3I363 D3I364 C3I365 C4I366 B5I367 B5I368 B5

I369 C5I370 A4I371 C5I372 C5I373 B3I374 B2I375 C2I381 D3I383 E4I384 F4I385 F4I386 D2I387 E3

I387

E_14480_018.eps200204

B1

0V6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

E

F

RE

S

8V7

2386

100n

I385

3374

3384

10K

F382

100R

3381

7382BC337-40

7366BC857B

100n

2382

4374

BC857B7332

82K

3386

23

1381

1

1u0

2383

I384

F381

6381

BA

S31

6

3385

1K0

ROT

3139 123 5674.1

CRT Panel: Eco Scavem

VSVM

V

20V220p

B1

ECO SCAVEM

83V

35V

83V

RES

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

C

D

1K8

220p

2SA1358

9V4

8V7

17V7

0V314V

35V

2SC3421

1K8

K A

AK

A

AK

K

58V

To 1470 of13V6

14V4

26V20V

1R8

13V

6361

BA

V99

I381

3376

2376

22n

I365 I371

I362

I370

7363

3373

7364

7381BC337-40

31361

12

2363

22u

100V

F360

3367

68K

3387

9361I3

73

I369

3375

180K I368

I375

I366

RGP10D

1382

6383

7376BC857B

6376

2384

BAV99

I367

I386

470R

3371

100V

10u23

67

I360

0316

MECHPART

4n7

2364

400

I372

5361

I361

3388

33R

F361

1n0

2362

I363

10R

3365

2387

47p

68K

3366

1K2

3383

3364

1K8

I364

BC857B7362

2361

250

47n

33R

3389

1K0

3390

25V

100u23

81

1K5

3361

2368

22u

100V

I383

I374

3370

F362

238510R

3369

5331

560R

3363

560R

3368

7361BC847B

3362

10R

68K

4n7

2365

7331BC847B

Filament

SVM_ROT

Page 64: PHILIPS L04

64L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

E_14480_004.eps100204

0316 A20330 A11254 A21255 A21256 A21331 A11332 A11351 A11352 A11361 A21381 A22330 A12351 A12352 A12353 A22361 A22363 A22364 A22367 A22368 A22381 A23331 A13332 A23333 A13334 A13335 A13336 A13351 A13354 A23355 A13356 A13362 A23364 A23367 A23371 A23373 A13381 A25330 A15331 A25351 A1

5352 A25361 A26331 A16332 A16333 A16383 A27330 A17363 A27364 A27381 A27382 A29351 A19352 A19361 A29373 A19390 A2

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

Page 65: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 65L04U AA 7.

E_14480_005.eps100204

2331 A12332 A22333 A12334 A12335 A12362 A22365 A22376 A22382 A22383 A22384 A22385 A22386 A22387 A23328 A13329 A13330 A13337 A13357 A13361 A23363 A23365 A23366 A23368 A23369 A23370 A23374 A23375 A23376 A23383 A23384 A23385 A23386 A23387 A23388 A23389 A23390 A24328 A14329 A14330 A14337 A1

4370 A24374 A26334 A16335 A16336 A16337 A16361 A26376 A26381 A27331 A27332 A27361 A27362 A27366 A27376 A2

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

2333

3376

2376

Page 66: PHILIPS L04

66L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

9 10

9 10

A

B

C

D

1232 A91250-A C11250-B D11250-C C11251 A21252 B51254 B61277-A C11277-B D11278 A101279 B102171 D42172 C42173 C32174 D32175 C42176 B82178 B82180 D42181 C83150 D33151 D33152 C33153 C33154 B23155 A23156 B83157 B83158 A33159 A43160 B43161 C84180 A26161 B39152 D39175 C49180 D49181 A3F150 D4F151 D4F152 C4F153 B4F154 B7I152 D3I155 C3I157 B3I162 B7I163 C8I166 B7I168 B8I169 C8I170 B10I171 B10SG01 A3SG02 B3SG03 D3SG04 C3SG08 B4

SG09 B4SG10 B4SG11 B4

HEADPHONE

ECO SUB

TO

TO

SPEAKER

123

1279

6

7

8

9

12321

2

3

4

5

I170

I171

1278

1234

E_14480_037.eps190204

Side AV + Headphone Panel

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A

B

C

D

*From

Mai

n C

hass

is 1

207

*

RE

S

*

RE

S

330p

470p

F

SIDE AV PANEL + HP PANEL

470p

F

for

2X5W

from

128

0

*

*

*

Fea

ture

s &

Con

nect

iviti

es

*

RIGHT

*

for

2X10

W fr

om 1

902

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

from

Mai

n C

hass

is

*

LEFT

VIDEO IN

*

*

* *

Video_Gnd

2173

I166

Video_Gnd

2171

3153

I168

SG

04

75R

3158

3157

2172

4180

2175

2u291

81

I155

3152

5

6

SG

03

1250-B

4

1277-A

Video_Gnd

F152

3159

100R

1234567

1252

3150

47K

9152

SG

09

9175

SG

08

I162

6161

I163

2181

1250-A 7

8

9 1u

I169

39K

3161

12345

F153

1254

2176

2178

150RS

G11

F154

3151

100R

3160

1

2

3

3156

2180

2u2 50

1250-C

I152S

G10

F151

2174

I157

1277-B

F150

Video_GndSG

02

Video_Gnd

Video_Gnd

SG

01

2345

Video_Gnd

LAP5100-1411F1251

61

9180

3155

75R

75R

3154

3139 123 5718.1

Page 67: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 67L04U AA 7.

E_14480_039.eps1002043139 123 5718.1

Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Top Side)

Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14480_038.eps1002043139 123 5718.1

1232 A41250 A31251 A21252 A1

1254 A31277 A21278 A41279 A4

2171 A12172 A22173 A32174 A2

2175 A22180 A13150 A23151 A2

3152 A33153 A33154 A13155 A1

3156 A43157 A43158 A13159 A1

3160 A16161 A19152 A39175 A2

9180 A19181 A1

2176 A1 2178 A1 2181 A2 3161 A2 4180 A3

2181

Page 68: PHILIPS L04

68L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

1013 A1

m Side)

E_14480_033.eps100204

3010 A13011 A13012 A13013 B13014 B13015 B13016 C1

E_14480_032.eps1902043139 123 5714.1

1014 A1

3139 123 5714.1

Top Control Panel

Layout Top Control Panel (Top Side)

3016

3012301330143015

volu

me-

OF

JMP

3011

L03SS

1K8

820R

FROM 1682

ITEM

volu

me+

JMP

1 2 3

1 2 3

A

B

A

B

1010 A11011 B3

1012 B31013 B2

1014 B23010 A2

200R

120R

150R390R

200R430R

820R

*

TOP CONTROL (PV2)

RE

S *

2K2

** *

3011 A23012 A2

3013 A33014 B3

3015 A33016 B3

F011 A2F012 A3

I011 A2I013 A3

I017 B3I018 A3

*

chan

nel+

chan

nel-L04

KEY_PROTN

SK

QN

AB

1013

3016

3014

3010

10101

2

3

F011

I017

1012

SK

QN

AB

1014

SK

QN

AB

3013

3011

F012

SK

QN

AB

1011

3012

I018I011

3015

I013

E

E_14480_031.eps1902043139 123 5714.1

1010 A11011 B11012 C1

Layout Top Control Panel (Botto

Page 69: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 69L04U AA 7.

330nF---

330nF---

330nF---

24742475

330nF--- 560nF

--- 330nF--- ---

470nF

nel (Top Side)

E_14480_044.eps100204

2479 C23461 B23462 B13463 B13464 B1

3465 B13466 B23467 A23468 A23469 C2

3470 C13471 D25460 B25461 C26460 A1

6461 A26462 D26463 C17460 A17461 A2

7462 D29460 B2

1 2 3 4

9460 --- --- --- JMP JMP JMP JMP

E_14480_043.eps2002043139 123 5759.1

3139 123 5759.1

Linearity & Panorama Panel

I2SD/1

TO HORIZONTAL

1u

1u

DIVERSITY TABLE

22u

Regions

120N

1 2 3 4

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1461 A11462 D41463 D31464 D12460 B32464 B42465 A3

INNER PIN CUSHION CORRECTION

34 BMCC*

LINE DEFLECTION

2466 A42467 B42468 B12469 C12470 C12471 D32472 E32473 E32474 D22475 D22476 D12477 E12478 E12479 E13461 A23462 B23463 B23464 C23465 B33466 A33467 B43468 C43469 B13470 C13471 E45460 D15461 D16460 B3

470n

DEFLECTION COIL

470N

From 1221 of

29 RF PDCC

2466

34 RF PDCC

*

6462 B46463 D36464 C17460 B37462 A47463 E39460 D1I402 A3I403 A2I404 A4I405 A4I406 B3I407 A1I408 B3I409 B2I410 B4I412 B1I413 C1I415 C1I416 B4I417 B1I418 E3I419 D3I420 E4

28WR

470nF---

32WR

470nF---

EU28WS

---560nF

Screen Size2469

I421 E3

LINEARITY & PANORAMA PANEL

220N

*

*

TO 1404 OF

*

22u

I408

*2475

15K

3470

24WR

2470

28WR680nF

---

32WR

470nF---

---560nF28WS

---680nF

NA / LA /AP

I402

*

I412

4R7

I415

3469

1463

23

149460

1462

123

4

100R

3468

I416

1461

1

I407

3465

470K

I410

I417

I404

3463

2K7

2465

100n

I406

34672K7

1

4

2470

1464

1N41

48

6463

2477

3471

3K9

2468

100V2u2

7460BC547B

6460

BZX79-C4V7

2460

10u

470n

2476

7463BC547B

I41924

66

2479

2478

7462

2467

2n2

6462

BZ

X79

-C12

IRF640

3462

6K8

10u

2471

5461

5460

I421

3464

2K2

I405

3461

100K

3466

47K

I403

2464

2n2

I409

2469

I413

6464

RG

P10

D

I420

2472 1u

I418

2474

2473

10n

+9V

Layout Linearity & Panorama Pa1461 B21462 D21463 D11464 C22460 A1

2464 B22465 B12466 B22467 A22468 C2

2469 B22470 B12471 D22472 D22473 D2

2474 D22475 C22476 C22477 C22478 C2

Page 70: PHILIPS L04

70L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

3-STATEGND

TV/PIP panels

1206 E81212 B91214 A21215 E81216 A32605 C52606 F42610 E92611 E92612 C52613 C12614 D12615 D12616 D12617 D12618 E12626 E82627 E92628 A82630 E42631 F42633 E52634 E62636 E72638 F73610 D93612 B63613 D53614 D53615 D5

8 9

8 9

A

B

C

D

E

F

RES

3616 E83617 E83619 E13620 E13621 E13625 F93626 A83627 A83628 A73630 F53631 F43632 E53633 E53634 E63635 E63636 E63637 E73638 F74610 D94611 B64612 B64613 B64614 F64625 F94630 E94631 D54632 D74633 C84634 C84636 E55610 E45613 F96610 E96611 A66625 A76633 F56635 F66636 E47610 C67611 C27627 A87630 E57635 E69612 E49613 F9I610 B2I611 B2I612 B2I613 B3

I614 B6I616 D9I617 E9I618 F9I619 B6

RE

S

RE

S

I620 E9I621 C8I622 C9I623 E8I624 F8I626 B9I627 B9I628 B9I633 F8

RE

S

*

From

121

2 of

*

From 1214 of

From 1206 of

*

3621

I624

0V5

0V

4n7

2628

3

3619

2626

4

I626

100n

2610

I618

I633

2627

151

2

3

4

4625

3625

100R

I623 3617

100R

3616

I622

6

7

8

9

1

10

11

12

2

3

4

5

I616

1212

I627

2K2

3627

100R

3610

5613

9613

4610

4630

I620

I617

6610

BA

S31

6

PMBT23697627

36 2M

I628

10u

2611

25V

5

6

7

12061

2

3

4

14 FBI2

I621

SCL

SDA

Pb_2

INTF_V_OUT

Pr_2

Y_2

INTF_FBL

GND

INTF_Y_OUTINTF_U_OUT

SANDCASTLE

+8V

+9V

E_14480_040.eps200204

9V2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

F

3631

10K

10K

3630

1u0

2631

3638

330K

1u0

2638B

AS

316

6635

4614

BA

S31

6

6633

100n

2606

1Vp

9GND

+8V

3139 123 5740.1

LTI/CTI Interface Panel

SELECTABLECLAMP

SELECTABLECLAMP

SELECTABLECLAMP

SELECTABLECLAMP

SELECTABLECLAMP

3-STATE

3-STATE

SELECTABLE

DECODING

CLAMP

3-STATE

2V4

2V2

2V1

2V1

2V1

2V1

0V

0V6

2V1

2V1

2V1

9V

4V5

3V9

4V5

3V9from DVD/ID

for

DV

D/ID

TV

pan

els

from

PIP

pan

el

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

C

D

E

LTI/CTI INTERFACE PANEL

0V0V5

0V20V20V30V6

5V19V2

RE

S

To 1212 of75

R

TDA8601T

7611

0V

2V2V

3V23V2

2V72V72V9

0V

I612

2634

680p 3635

560R

270R

1K0

3632

3634

463

75R

VCC20

VEE18

VIN9

VOUT16

YIN6

YOUT19

2324

SC1

SCL1114

SDA

SOUT21

UIN8

UOUT17

4

ADEXT35

ADR7

CF22

DECDIG15

2101213

7610TDA9178T/N1

IMPROVEMENTPICTURE

Φ

ADEXT13

ADEXT2

4632

4636

BA

S31

6

6636

I610

463

4612

I614

7635BC857BW

2636

470p

75R

3620

9612

12

1K0

3628

3613

100K100K3615

6611

BZX384-C6V8

4611

2630

1u0

3633

1K2

7630BC847BW

2613

100n

4631

4613

680p

2633

1K0

3626

37 2

100n

2616

3636

470R

2615

100n

100n

1 2 3 4 5

2612

1 2 3 4

1214

B5B

-EH

-A

B4B

-EH

-A

1216

100n

2618

I611

3614

100K

5610

100n

2605

1K0

3612

BZX384-C2V7

6625

11VIDOb

10VIDOc

15 FBI113FBO

16IOCNTR

5 SEL

2 VIDIa1

6 VIDIa2

3 VIDIb1

7 VIDIb2

4 VIDIc1

8 VIDIc2

12VIDOa

I619

I613

2617

100n

+8V

INTF_FBL

100n

2614

GND +9V

+9V

+8V

+8V

INTF_Pr|RED_ININTF_Pb|BLUE_ININTF_Y|GREEN_IN

SANDCASTLE

Page 71: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 71L04U AA 7.

Bottom Side)

E_14480_042.eps100204

625 A2626 A1627 A1628 A1630 A1631 A1632 A1

3633 A13634 A13635 A13636 A13637 A13638 A14610 A1

4611 A14612 A14613 A14614 A24617 A24625 A24630 A1

4631 A14632 A14633 A24634 A24635 A14636 A14637 A1

6610 A16611 A16625 A16633 A16635 A16636 A17610 A2

7611 A27627 A17630 A17635 A1

Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Top Side)

E_14480_041.eps1002043139 123 5740.1

1206 A11212 A21214 A11215 A1

1216 A12611 A22636 A25610 A2

5613 A29612 A29613 A29614 A2

9615 A29616 A29617 A29618 A2

Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (

3139 123 5740.1

2605 A12606 A12610 A12612 A22613 A22614 A22615 A2

2616 A22617 A22618 A22626 A12627 A22628 A12630 A1

2631 A12633 A12634 A12638 A13610 A13612 A13613 A2

3614 A23615 A23616 A13617 A23619 A23620 A23621 A2

3333333

Page 72: PHILIPS L04

72L04U AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

p Side)

ttom Side)

E_14480_035.eps100204

C1D2B3

9695 B39696 A3

E_14480_036.eps100204

1 2 3 4

3139 123 5722.1

Front Interface Panel

A9

+6

OF

L01 USA ONLY

RES

INPUT

RES

ONLY

T4.0AE

RES

1 2 3 4

A

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1211 B11231 A31505 B41606 D31693 D12691 D4

LTR

-301

AC MAINS

From 1505 OF

POWER

NAFTA 110V

EUROPE 220V - 240V

ITVFOR

FROM 1693

LATAM 100V - 250V

FRONT INTERFACE PANEL

POWER SUPPLY

CONTROLFRONT

2692 E22698 D43500 B23501 B23691 D33693 D33694 C43696 E23697 E24001 C34601 E26691 D36692 C46693 E27691 E29001 A39002 B39695 D3

RE

S

I001 B2I002 B3I003 C3I004 D1I005 D1I006 D1I007 D3I008 D1I009 D4I010 D1I011 D3I012 B2I013 B4I014 B4I015 D1I016 E2

I014

110V/220V

I001

I008

7691

9002

I016

I015

I003

I011

I005

9001

1606

4

5 6

1

2

SDKVE30100

1231

3

330R

3691

I002

150512

21

47n

2692

5

6

LTL-10224WHCR

6691

I0091693

1

2

3

4 I007

3696

680K

6692TSOP1836

GND2

OUT1

VS3

9695

4001

10K

I004

3M3

3500

3697

I010

6693

121112

3694

4601

50V

10u26

91I006

I012

3M3

3501

2698

100n

3693

I013

220R

E_14480_034.eps2002043139 123 5722.1

Layout Front Interface Panel (To

Layout Front Interface Panel (Bo

3139 123 5722.1

1211 D11231 C31505 A1

1606 D41693 A32691 A4

2698 A33500 B23501 B3

3691 B33693 B33694 B3

6691 B46692 B46693 A4

900190029685

Page 73: PHILIPS L04

Alignments EN 73L04U AA 8.

8. Alignments

Index of this chapter:1. General Alignment Conditions2. Hardware Alignments3. Software Alignments and Settings

Note: • The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment

Mode (SAM) are described in chapter 5 “Service Modes, ...”.

• Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP, DOWN, LEFT, or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter.

8.1 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditions:• AC voltage and frequency: 120 V_ac / 60 Hz or 240 V_ac /

50 Hz (region dependent).• Connect the set to the AC power (a.k.a. Mains voltage) via

an isolation transformer with a low internal resistance.• Allow the set to warm up for approximately 20 minutes.• Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply). Never use the cooling fins / plates as ground.

• Test probe: Ri > 10 Mohm; Ci < 2.5 pF.• Use an isolated trimmer / screwdriver to perform the

alignments.

8.2 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view family board

8.2.1 Vg2 Adjustment

1. Activate the SAM.2. Go to the WHITE TONE sub menu.3. Set the values of NORMAL RED, GREEN and BLUE to

“32”.4. Go, via the MENU key, to the normal user menu and set

5. SATURATION/COLOR to “0”.6. CONTRAST to “0”.7. BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible).8. Return to the SAM via the MENU key.9. Connect the RF output of a pattern generator to the

antenna input. Test pattern is a 'black' picture (blank screen on CRT without any OSD info) with a signal strength of 1 V_pp.

10. Set the channel of the oscilloscope to 50 V/div and the time base to 0.2 ms (external triggering on the vertical pulse). Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 10:1 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (see diagram B).

11. Measure the cut off pulse during first full line after the frame blanking (see figure “V_cutoff waveform”). You will see two pulses, one being the “cut off” pulse and the other being the “white drive” pulse. Choose the one with the lowest value; this is the “cut off” pulse.

12. Select the cathode with the highest V_dc value for the alignment. Adjust the V_cutoff of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure “Top view family board”) on the LOT to 160 V_dc, except for the 25/28BLD picture tube (Black Line Display, for EU only); this tube must be aligned to 140 V_dc.

13. Restore BRIGHTNESS and CONTRAST to normal (= 31).

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff waveform

8.2.2 Focusing

1. Tune the set to a circle or crosshatch test pattern (use an external video pattern generator).

2. Choose picture mode NATURAL (or MOVIES) with the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter.

3. Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure “Top view family board”) until the vertical lines at 2/3 from east and west, at the height of the centerline, are of minimum width without visible haze.

1504C

E_14480_030.eps130204

A

D

BLOT

FocusScreen

VG2

5512

1005

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

9275

SDM

7990

7601

1506

9252

1221

1204

0V Ref.E_06532_011.eps

110204

VCUTOFF [VDC]max.

Page 74: PHILIPS L04

AlignmentsEN 74 L04U AA8.

8.3 Software Alignments and Settings

Figure 8-3 Service Mode overview

!

"# $%

& $%

'() $%

*

+

,-( +

%.

(

$/ (

%(

,%

0010 $% ,%

,% ,%

! $+ +$

$+

+

2 3

/ 44

3(5 3

/(6 3

33

,,

,

,+

7 44 ##

#" /3 2

/

/

/

8

/ 8

&

E_14480_001.eps090204

Page 75: PHILIPS L04

Alignments EN 75L04U AA 8.

Enter the Service Alignment Mode (see also chapter 5 “Service Modes, ....”). The SAM menu will now appear on the screen. Select one of the following alignments:• Options• Tuner• White Tone• Geometry• Audio

8.3.1 Options

Options are used to control the presence/absence of certain features and hardware.

How to change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options. Changing these bytes directly, makes it possible to set all options very fast. All options are controlled via seven option bytes. Select the option byte (OP1.. OP7) with the MENU UP/DOWN keys, and enter the new value. Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings. Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched “off” and “on” with the AC power switch (cold start).

How to calculate the value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP1 .. OP7) in the following way:• Check the status of the single option bits (OB): are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0).• When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see column “Bit value” in table below). When an option bit is disabled, its value is 0.

• The total value of an Option Byte (decimal) is formed by the sum of its eight option bits. The factory values are printed on a sticker on the CRT.

Table 8-1 Option Byte calculation

Bit (value) OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB70

1 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB71

2 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB72

3 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB73

4 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB74

5 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB75

6 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB76

7 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77

Total: Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

Page 76: PHILIPS L04

AlignmentsEN 76 L04U AA8.

Option Bit Assignment

Table 8-2 Option code overview per model (OP1 - OP4)

Following are the option bit assignments for all software clusters.• Option Byte 1 (OP1)

– OB17: PHILIPS TUNER– OB16: FM RADIO– OB15: LNA– OB14: ATS (EU)– OB13: ACI– OB12: UK PNP– OB11: VIRGIN MODE– OB10: CHINA

• Option Byte 2 (OP2)– OB27: SC– OB26: GREEN UI– OB25: CHANNEL NAMING– OB24: LTI– OB23: TILT– OB22: FINE TUNING– OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER– OB20: HUE

• Option Byte 3 (OP3)

– OB37: EW FUNCTION– OB36: 2 TUNER PIP– OB35: PIP SPLITTER– OB34: SPLITTER– OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY– OB32: WIDE SCREEN– OB31: WSSB (EU)– OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER

• Option Byte 4 (OP4)– OB47: Reserved (value= 0)– OB46: Reserved (value= 0)– OB45: ULTRA BASS– OB44: DELTA VOLUME– OB43: Reserved (value= 0)– OB42: VOLUME LIMITER– OB41: Reserved (value= 0)– OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS

20D

V69

41/3

7

24P

T63

41/3

7

25P

T63

41/8

5

26D

V69

41/3

7

26P

W63

41/3

7

27M

S63

41/3

7

27P

T54

41/3

7

27P

T64

41/3

7

27P

T65

41/3

7

28D

V69

41/8

5

28P

W63

41/8

5

29P

T64

41/4

4

29P

T64

41/8

5

29P

T65

41/4

4

29P

T65

41/8

5

30D

V69

41/3

7

30P

W63

41/3

7

32D

V69

41/8

5

32M

S63

41/3

7

32P

T54

41/3

7

32P

T64

41/3

7

32P

T65

41/3

7

32P

W63

41/8

5

33P

T54

41/8

5

Bit Byte_1 (OP1)

7 Philips Tuner 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 FM Radio 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 LNA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 ATS(EU) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 ACI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 UK PNP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 Virgin Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 China 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Decimal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

-

Bit Byte_2 (OP2)

7 SC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 Green_UI 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

5 Channel Naming 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 LTI 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

3 Tilt 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0

2 Fine Tuning 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 PIP Philips Tuner 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Hue 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Decimal 1 1 1 25 25 65 1 1 17 25 25 1 1 17 17 25 25 25 73 1 9 25 25 1

-

Bit Byte_3 (OP3)

7 EW Function 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 2 Tuner PIP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 PIP_Splitter 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 Splitter 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 Virtual Dolby 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

2 Wide Screen 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0

1 WSSB(EU) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Eco_Subwoofer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Decimal 0 128 128 140 140 128 0 128 136 140 140 128 128 136 136 140 140 140 128 128 128 136 140 128

-

Bit Byte_4 (OP4)

7 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 Ultra Bass 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

4 Delta Volume 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Volume Limiter 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Stereo_Nicam_2CS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Decimal 32 32 32 32 32 0 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 0 32 32 32 32 32

Page 77: PHILIPS L04

Alignments EN 77L04U AA 8.

Table 8-3 Option code overview per model (OP5 - OP7)

• Option Byte 5 (OP5)– OB57: AV1– OB56: AV2– OB55: AV3– OB54: CVI– OB53: SVHS2– OB52: SVHS3– OB51: HOTEL MODE– OB50: Reserved (value= 0)

• Option Byte 6 (OP6)– OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING– OB66: Reserved (value= 0)– OB65: FM TRAP– OB64: COMB FILTER– OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL– OB62: VIDEO TEXT– OB61: LIGHT SENSOR– OB60: DUAL TEXT

• Option Byte 7 (OP7)– OB77: TIME WIN1– OB76: Reserved (value= 0)– OB75: Reserved (value= 0)– OB74: Reserved (value= 0)– OB73: Reserved (value= 0)– OB72: Reserved (value= 0)– OB71: Reserved (value= 0)– OB70: Reserved (value= 0)

Option bit definition

Option Byte 1 (OP1)• OB17: PHILIPS TUNER

– 0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use.– 1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use.

• OB16: FM RADIO– 0 : FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : FM radio feature is enabled.

• OB15: LNA– 0 : Auto Picture Booster is not available or not

applicable.– 1 : Auto Picture Booster is available.

• OB14: ATS– 0 : Automatic Tuning System (ATS) feature is disabled

or not applicable.– 1 : ATS feature is enabled. When ATS is enabled, it

sorts the program in an ascending order starting from program “1”.

• OB13: ACI– 0 : Automatic Channel Installation (ACI) feature is

disabled or not applicable.– 1 : ACI feature is enabled.

• OB12: UK PNP– 0 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is not available or

not applicable.– 1 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is available.

When UK PNP and VIRGIN MODE are set to “1” at the initial setup and after exiting from menu, VIRGIN MODE will be set automatically to “0” while UK PNP remains “1”.

• OB11: VIRGIN MODE– 0 : Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Virgin mode is enabled. Plug and Play menu item

will be displayed to perform installation at the initial

20D

V69

41/3

7

24P

T63

41/3

7

25P

T63

41/8

5

26D

V69

41/3

7

26P

W63

41/3

7

27M

S63

41/3

7

27P

T54

41/3

7

27P

T64

41/3

7

27P

T65

41/3

7

28D

V69

41/8

5

28P

W63

41/8

5

29P

T64

41/4

4

29P

T64

41/8

5

29P

T65

41/4

4

29P

T65

41/8

5

30D

V69

41/3

7

30P

W63

41/3

7

32D

V69

41/8

5

32M

S63

41/3

7

32P

T54

41/3

7

32P

T64

41/3

7

32P

T65

41/3

7

32P

W63

41/8

5

33P

T54

41/8

5

Bit Byte_5 (OP5)

7 AV1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 AV2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 AV3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4 CVI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 SVHS2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 SVHS3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 Hotel Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Decimal 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248 248

-

Bit Byte_6 (OP6)

7 Personal Zapping 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

6 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 FM Trap 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 Combfilter 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0

3 Active Control 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0

2 Video Text 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 Light Sensor 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

0 Dual Text 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Decimal 136 136 136 154 154 0 128 136 154 154 154 136 136 154 154 154 154 154 0 128 152 154 154 128

-

Bit Byte_7 (OP7)

7 Time Win1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Decimal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Page 78: PHILIPS L04

AlignmentsEN 78 L04U AA8.

startup of the TV when VIRGIN MODE is set to “1”. After installation is finished, this option bit will be automatically set to “0”.

• OB10: CHINA– 0 : Tuning is not for China set, or this option bit is not

applicable.– 1 : Tuning is for China set.

Option Byte 2 (OP2)• OB27: SC

– 0 : Soft clipping is disabled. – 1 : Soft clipping is enabled.

• OB26: GREEN UI – 0 : Green UI is disabled (for Philips brand). – 1 : Green UI is enabled (for Magnavox brand).– Note: only for NAFTA region.

• OB25: CHANNEL NAMING– 0 : Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Name FM Channel is enabled.– Note : Name FM channel can be enabled only when

FM RADIO= “1”.• OB24: LTI

– 0 : Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI) is disabled or not applicable.

– 1 : LTI is enabled.• OB23: TILT

– 0 : Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Rotate Picture is enabled.

• OB22: FINE TUNING– 0 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is disabled or not

applicable.– 1 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is enabled.

• OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER– 0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use for PIP

module.– 1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use for PIP module.

• OB20: HUE– 0 : Hue/Tint Level is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Hue/Tint Level is enabled.

Option Byte 3 (OP3)• OB37: EW FUNCTION

– 0 : EW function is disabled. In this case, only Expand 4:3 is allowed, Compress 16:9 is not applicable.

– 1 : EW function is enabled. In this case, both Expand 4:3 and Compress 16:9 are applicable.

• OB36: 2 TUNER PIP– 0 : Software selection no PIP– 1 : Software selection with PIP– Note: Only for EU/AP region for sets with PIP.

• OB35: PIP SPLITTER– 0 : Normal Tuner in PIP– 1 : Splitter in PIP– Note: Only for EU/AP region. For PIP sets and build in

with Splitter in PIP tuner.• OB34: SPLITTER

– 0 : Normal Tuner for main chassis– 1 : Splitter Tuner for main chassis– Note: Only for EU/AP region.

• OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY– 0 : Virtual Dolby is not applicable.– 1 : Virtual Dolby is applicable.

• OB32: WIDE SCREEN– 0 : Software is used for 4:3 sets or not applicable.– 1 : Software is used for 16:9 sets.

• OB31: WSSB (EU)– 0 : WSSB is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : WSSB is enabled.– Note : This option bit can be set to “1” only when WIDE

SCREEN= “1”.• OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER

– 0 : Feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Feature is enabled.

Option Byte 4 (OP4)• OB47: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB46: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB45: ULTRA BASS

– 0 : Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Ultra Bass is enabled.– Default setting is “0”.

• OB44: DELTA VOLUME– 0 : Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Delta Volume Level is enabled.

• OB43: Reserved– Default setting is “0”.

• OB42: VOLUME LIMITER– 0 : Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Toggle Volume Limiter Level is enabled.

• OB41: Reserved– Default setting is “0”.

• OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS– 0 : For AV Stereo.– 1 : For NICAM Stereo 2CS.

Option Byte 5 (OP5)• OB57: AV1

– 0 : AV1 source is not present.– 1 : AV1 source is present.

• OB56: AV2– 0 : AV2 source is not present.– 1 : AV2 source is present.– Note : For EU, when AV2=“1”, both EXT2 and SVHS2

should be included in the OSD loop.• OB55: AV3

– 0 : Side/Front AV3 source is not present.– 1 : Side/Front AV3 source is present.

• OB54: CVI– 0 : CVI source is not available.– 1 : CVI source is available.

• OB53: SVHS2– 0 : SVHS2 source is not available.– 1 : SVHS2 source is available.– Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU.

• OB52: SVHS3– 0 : SVHS3 source is not available.– 1 : SVHS3 source is available.– Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU.

• OB51: HOTEL MODE– 0 : Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Hotel mode is enabled.

• OB50: Reserved– Default setting is “0”.

Option Byte 6 (OP6)• OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING

– 0 : Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable.

– 1 : Personal Zapping feature is enabled.• OB66: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB65: FM TRAP

– 0 : FM Trap is not present.– 1 : FM Trap is present.– Note: Only for LATAM region.

• OB64: COMBFILTER– 0 : 3D-combfilter is not present.– 1 : 3D-combfilter is present.

• OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL– 0 : Active Control feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Active Control feature is enabled.

• OB62: VIDEO TEXT – 0 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is disabled or not

applicable. – 1 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is enabled.– Note: For EU only.

Page 79: PHILIPS L04

Alignments EN 79L04U AA 8.

• OB61: LIGHT SENSOR– 0 : Light sensor feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Light sensor feature is enabled.

• OB60: DUAL TEXT– 0 : Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are disabled or not

applicable.– 1: Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are enabled.

Option Byte 7 (OP7)• OB77: TIME WIN1

– 00 : The time window is set to 1.2 s.– 01 : The time window is set to 2 s.– Note :The time-out for all digit entries depends on this

setting.• OB76: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB75: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB74: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB73: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB72 Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB71 Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.• OB70: Reserved

– Default setting is “0”.

8.3.2 Tuner

Note: Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (item 7602) is replaced.

IF PLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned. Therefore, no action is required.

AGC (AGC take over point)1. Set the external pattern generator to a color bar video

signal and connect the RF output to aerial input. Set amplitude to 10 mV and set frequency to 61.25 MHz (channel 3).

2. Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main panel).

3. Activate the SAM. 4. Go to the TUNER sub menu.5. Select AGC with the UP/DOWN cursor keys.6. Adjust the AGC-value (default value is 27) with the LEFT/

RIGHT cursor keys until the voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies between 3.8 and 2.3 V (default value is “20”).

7. Switch the set to STANDBY, in order to store the alignments.

CL (Cathode drive level)Always set to “5”.

8.3.3 White Tone

In the WHITE TONE sub menu, the values of the black cut off level can be adjusted. Normally, no alignment is needed, and you can use the given default values.The color temperature mode (NORMAL, COOL and WARM) and the color (R, G, and B) can be selected with the UP/DOWN RIGHT/LEFT cursor keys. The value can be changed with the LEFT/RIGHT cursor keys. First, select the values for the NORMAL color temperature. Then select the values for the COOL and WARM mode. After alignment, switch the set to STANDBY, in order to store the alignments. Default settings:• NORMAL (color temperature= 9300 K):

– NORMAL R= “26”

– NORMAL G= “32”– NORMAL B= “27”

• COOL (color temperature= 12500 K):– DELTA COOL R= “-3”– DELTA COOL G= “0”– DELTA COOL B= “5”

• WARM (color temperature= 6500 K):– DELTA WARM R= “2”– DELTA WARM G= “0”– DELTA WARM B= “-6”

8.3.4 Geometry

The geometry alignments menu contains several items to align the set, in order to obtain correct picture geometry.

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1. Connect an external video pattern generator to the aerial input of the TV-set and input a crosshatch test pattern. Set the generator amplitude to at least 1 mV and set frequency to 61.25 MHz (channel 3).

2. Set 'Smart Picture' to NATURAL (or MOVIES).3. Activate the SAM menu (see chapter 5 “Service Modes,

...”). 4. Go to the GEOMETRY sub menu. 5. Choose HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL alignment Now the following alignments can be performed:

E_06532_010.eps110204

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT. SLOPE

VERT. SHIFT

VERT. AMPLITUDE

V.S-CORRECTION

HOR. SHIFT

HOR. AMPLITUDE

E/W PARABOLE

UPPER E/W CORNER

LOWER E/W CORNER

E/W TRAPEZIUM

HOR. PARALLELOGRAM

HOR. BOW

Page 80: PHILIPS L04

AlignmentsEN 80 L04U AA8.

Horizontal• Horizontal Parallelogram (HP). Align straight vertical

lines in the top and the bottom; vertical rotation around the center.

• Horizontal Bow (HB). Align straight horizontal lines in the top and the bottom; horizontal rotation around the center.

• Horizontal Shift (HSH). Align the horizontal center of the picture to the horizontal center of the CRT.

• East West Width (EWW). Align the picture width until the complete test pattern is visible.

• East West Parabola (EWP). Align straight vertical lines at the sides of the screen.

• Upper Corner Parabola (UCP). Align straight vertical lines in the upper corners of the screen.

• Lower Corner Parabola (LCP). Align straight vertical lines in the lower corners of the screen.

• East West Trapezium (EWT). Align straight vertical lines in the middle of the screen.

• H60 (Delta HSH for 60Hz, if present). Align straight horizontal lines if NTSC system is used (60 Hz) i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz). Default value is “9”.

Vertical• Service blanking (SBL). Switch the blanking of the lower

half of the screen “on” or “off” (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment).

• Vertical Shift (VSH). Align the vertical centering so that the test pattern is located vertically in the middle. Repeat the 'vertical amplitude' alignment if necessary.

• Vertical slope (VS). Align the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT. This is the first of the vertical alignments to perform. For an easy alignment, set SBL to “on”.

• Vertical Amplitude (VAM). Align the vertical amplitude so that the complete test pattern is visible.

• Vertical S-Correction (VSC). Align the vertical linearity, meaning that vertical intervals of a grid pattern must be equal over the entire screen height.

• Vertical Zoom (VX, if present). The vertical zoom is added in for the purpose of development. It helps the designer to set proper values for the movie expand or movie(16x9) compress. Default value is “25”.

• V60 (Delta VAM for 60Hz, if present). Align straight vertical lines if NTSC system (60 Hz) is used i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz). Default value is “-2”.

In the next table, you will find the GEOMETRY default values for the different sets.

Table 8-4 Default geometry values

8.3.5 Audio

No alignments are needed for the audio sub menu. Use the given default values.

QSS (Quasi Split Sound)• For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for AP-

NTSC), set to “On”.• For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM), set to

“On”.• For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC), set to “Off”.

FMI (Freq. Modulation Intercarrier)• For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for AP-

NTSC), set to “On”.• For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM), set to

“Off”.• For dBx/non-dBx sound systems, set to “On”,

NICAM Alignment• For sets with NICAM/2CS (EU/AP, except for AP-NTSC)

sound system, set to “79”.• For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC), set to “63” (=

don’t care).

Alignment Default values

HP (Horizontal parallelogram) 31

HB (Horizontal Bow) 31

HSH (Horizontal shift) 26

EWW (EW width) 37

EWP (EW parabola width) 10

EWT (EW trapezium) 26

UCP (EW upper corner parabola) 30

LCP (EW lower corner parabola) 40

-

VSH (Vertical Shift) 26

VS (Vertical slope) 37

VAM (Vertical amplitude) 30

VSC (Vertical S-Correction) 25

Page 81: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 81L04U AA 9.

9. Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter:1. Introduction2. Power Supply3. Deflection4. Control5. Tuner and IF6. Source Selection7. Audio8. Video9. Abbreviations10. IC Data Sheets Notes: • Only new circuits compared to the M8 (L01.1 for other

regions) chassis are described in this chapter. For the other circuit descriptions, see the manual of the M8 (L01.1) chassis.

• Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.

• For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions, please use the diagrams in sections “Block Diagrams, ...”, and/or “Electrical Diagrams”. Where necessary, you will find a separate drawing for clarification.

9.1 Introduction

The "L04" chassis is a global TV chassis for the model year 2004 and is used for TV sets with large screen sizes (from 21 to 36 inch), in Super Flat and Real Flat executions (both in 4:3 and 16:9 variants). There are three types of CRT namely the 100 degrees, 110 degrees and Wide Screen CRT. • The 100 deg. 4:3 CRT is raster-correction-free and does

not need East/West Correction (except when used in AP regions), therefore the corrections needed are Horizontal Shift, Vertical Slope, Vertical Amplitude, Vertical S-Correction, Vertical Shift, and Vertical Zoom for geometry corrections.

• The 110 deg. 4:3 CRT comes with East/West Correction. In addition to the parameter mentioned above, it also needs the Horizontal Parallelogram, Horizontal Bow, Horizontal Shift, East/West Width, East/West Parabola, East/West Upper and Lower Corners, and East/West Trapezium correction.

• The Wide Screen TV sets have all the correction of the 110 deg. 4:3 CRTs and also have additional picture format like the 4:3 format, 16:9, 14:9, 16:9 zoom, subtitle zoom, and the Super-Wide picture format.

In comparison to its predecessor (the M8/L01.1), this chassis is has the following (new) features:• Audio: The sound processor is part of the UOC processor

(called “Hercules”).• Video: Enhanced video features, video drivers, and Active

Control.• Control: Comparable to M8/L01.1 (e.g. Dual clock, I/O

mapping, I/O switching).• Power Supply: Adapted to supply the Hercules IC, and to

enable 0.5 W Standby power dissipation. Also provisions are made for future extensions like DVD and iDTV.

The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called "family board"), a Picture Tube panel, a Side I/O panel, and a Top Control panel. The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part.The functions for video/audio processing, microprocessor (P), and CC/Teletext (TXT) decoder are all combined in one IC (TDA1200x, item 7200), the so-called third generation Ultimate One Chip (UOC-III) or “Hercules”. This chip is mounted on the “solder” side of the main panel, and has the following features:

• Control, small signal, mono/stereo, and extensive Audio/Video switching in one IC.

• Upgrade with digital sound & video processing.• Alignment free IF, including SECAM-L/L1 and AM.• FM sound 4.5/5.5/6.0/6.5, no traps/bandpass filters.• Full multi-standard color decoder.• One Xtal reference for all functions (microprocessor, RCP,

TXT/CC, RDS, color decoder, and stereo sound processor).

The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display. The main tuning system uses a tuner, a microcomputer, and a memory IC mounted on the main panel. The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC, the customer keyboard, remote receiver, tuner, signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus. The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations, customer-preferred settings, and service / factory data. The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal. The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source. The chassis has a 'hot' ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis.

9.2 Power Supply

9.2.1 Block Diagram

Figure 9-1 Block diagram power supply

Stdby_con signalThe Hercules generates this signal. This line is logic “low” (0 V) under normal operation and in semi-Standby of the TV, and is “high” (3.3 V) during Standby.

Power_down signalThe AUX SMPS generates this signal. It is logic “high” (3 .3 V) under normal operation of the TV and goes “low” (0 V) when the AC power (or Mains) input voltage supply goes below 70 V_ac.

B (Hercules port)This port is used to switch the AUX SMPS output V_aux “On/Off”. This is required for DVD and iDTV (for future extensions).

!"#$% &#' (%

) *

+*

,- &#' + * &# .%/ &%/ 0!

.%/ &#' !

*1# 1 . !

,2 . %#$ 345!

,- . %#$ )!" ,6 ,242!

7 &# !

8 .% . #. 8 .1. 9 :);: 7!

E_14480_072.eps200204

Vbatt (to deflection & DVD interface board)

-Vaudio

+Vaudio

Page 82: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 82 L04U AA9.

9.2.2 Timing Diagrams

Power ON - To Standby - Out of Standby - Power OFF

Figure 9-2 Timing diagram Standby

Power ON - To Semi Standby - Out of Semi Standby - Power OFF

Figure 9-3 Timing diagram Semi Standby

200ms 100ms(ref) 800ms 20ms(ref)

3, 3.3, 6V

Vbat, Vaudio

Normal

VT_supply

POWER_DOWN

+5V

STDBY

2s(ref)1s(ref)

+1V8 EXT.

10ms(ref)

B

Stdby_con

STB bit

10ms(ref

Power ON

PIP Supplies

Out of Standby

200ms

Standby mode

10mS

Power offNormal

Relay status

Perform hard-reset

To Standby

Closed

Open

2s(ref)

E_14480_073.eps200204

Power ON

3, 3.3, 6V

Vbat, Vaudio

To Semi Standby Out of Semi Standby Power OFFSemi Standby Normal

Stdby_con

Normal

STB bit

VT_supply

+5V

STDBY

+1V8 ext

PIP Supplies

Relay status

Closed

Open

2s(ref) 800ms 1s(ref) 200ms 20ms (ref) 10ms(ref) 10ms(ref)

B

10mS

under start_up sequence for details.

PerformHard-reset

E_14480_074.eps200204

Page 83: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 83L04U AA 9.

9.2.3 Startup Sequence

When the set is connected to the AC power, the rectified line voltage (via winding 4-5 of L5531 connected to pin 14 of IC7531) will start the internal voltage source to charge the V_cc capacitor (C2532). The IC starts to switch as soon as the V_cc reaches the V_cc start level of 9.5 V. This supply is automatically taken over by winding 1-2, as soon as the V_cc is high enough, and the internal supply source will stop (for high efficiency switching).

Table 9-1 Pinning overview TEA1523

As C2532 of IC7531 is charged, it will also start to charge the V_cc capacitor (C2511) of IC7511. Via resistor R3519 and C2511, the TEA1506 starts to switch as soon as the V_cc voltage reaches the V_cc start level of is about 11 V. The V_cc voltage is automatically taken over by the main transformer L5512 (winding 2-3) when the V_cc is high enough (when this voltage is even higher than the voltage on C2511, there is no current flow from C2532 to C2511 due to diode D6512).

Table 9-2 Pinning overview TEA1506

9.2.4 Standby Mode

In this mode, IC7511 (TEA1506) will be totally disabled. So there is no voltage on the main transformer output. But IC7531 (TEA1523) will still work and will provide the necessary output voltages (6V -> 5V, 3.3V, 3V -> 1.8V) to the Hercules (IC7200).

Table 9-3 PSU voltage overview

9.3 Deflection

9.3.1 Synchronization

Before the Hercules (IC7200) can generate horizontal drive pulses, the +3.3V supply voltages must be present. After the start up command of the microprocessor (via I2C), the Hercules outputs the horizontal pulses. These horizontal pulses begin “initially” with double line frequency and then change “gradually” to line frequency in order to limit the current in the line stage (slow-start). The VDRA and VDRB signals are the balanced output currents (sawtooth shaped) of the frame oscillator (pins 106 and 107 of the Hercules). These output signals are balanced, so they are less sensitive to disturbances. There is a current source inside the UOC at pin 102. This pumps energy in the capacitor connected to this pin producing a pure saw tooth. The vertical drive signals and the E/W correction signal are derived. Pin 108 is the East-West drive (or AVL), and it is a single ended current output. The correction for “horizontal width for changed EHT” from this pin is available by setting the HCO bit to “1”. The Phase-2 Compensation available at pin 113 gives frame correction for high beam currents. The phase compensation signal is used to correct the phase of the picture from the horizontal drive signal. Pin 63 is the SANDCASTLE output (contains all sync info) and also HORIZONTAL FLYBACK (HFB) input.Pin 97 is the EHT tracking/over-voltage protection pin. The HCO bit can switch on the tracking on EW. If the voltage at pin 97 exceeds 3.9 V, the over-voltage protection will be activated and the horizontal drive is switched “off” via a slow stop.

9.3.2 Horizontal Deflection

There are several executions (depending on the CRT): • Sets with no East-West correction. The principle of the

horizontal deflection is based on the quasi-diode modulation circuit. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT.

• Sets with East-West correction. The principle of the horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator with east-west correction. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT.

• Sets with dynamic East-West correction. The principle of the horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator with dynamic east-west correction for picture tubes with inner pincushion. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT.

Basic PrincipleDuring a scan period, either the Line Transistor or diode(s) conduct to ensure a constant voltage over the deflection coil (that results in a linear current). During the flyback period, the Line Transistor stops conducting, and the flyback capacitor(s) together with the inductance of the deflection coil creates oscillation.

Pin Symbol Description

2 Gnd This pin is Ground of the IC.

3 V_cc This pin is connected to the supply voltage. An internal current charges the V_cc capacitor (2532), and the start-up sequence is initiated when this voltage reaches a level of 9.5 V. Note: The output power is disabled when the voltage gets below 9 V (UVLO). Operating range is between 0 to 40 V.

5 RC Frequency setting

6 REG This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin contains two functions: 1) Between 1 to 1.425 V it controls the "on" time. 2) Above the threshold of 3.5 V, it is possible to initiate "burst mode" standby.

11 Demag This pin is connected to the V_cc winding of 5531. It has three functions: 1) During Magnetisation, the input voltage is sensed to compensate OCP level for OPP. 2) During demagnetisation, the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3) A comparator is used to prevent continuous conduction when output is overloaded.

12 Sense This pin contains three different functions.: 1) Dectection of soft start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP.

14 Drain This pin is connected to the drain of the switch or center tap of the transformer. It contains three functions: 1) M-level (mains-dependent operation-enabling level), 2) Supply for start-up current, and 3) Valley detection.

Pin Symbol Description

2 Vcc This pin is connected to the supply voltage. When this voltage is high (Vcc_start level, about 11 V), the IC will start switching. When the voltage is lower than Vcc_uvlo (about 8.7 V), the IC will stop switching.Note: This pin is not self supplied by internal source like in TEA1507

3 Gnd This pin is Ground of the IC.

6 Ctrl This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin will control the "on" time between 1 V to 1.5 V.

7 Demag This pin is connected to the Vcc winding of 5512. It contains three functions: 1) During magnetisation, the input voltage is sensed to compensate OCP level for OPP, 2) During demagnetisation, the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3) a comparator is used to prevent continuous conduction when the output is overloaded.

9 Sense This pin contains three different functions: 1) dectection of soft start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP.

11 Driver This pin will drive the (MOSFET) switch.

12 HVS This is High Volt Spacer (n.a.)

14 Drain Connected to the Drain of the external MOSFET switch, this is the input for valley sensing and initial internal supply.

Voltage Normal operation Stdby mode

V_batt 130 - 143 V 0 V

V_audio +/- 15.5 V 0 V

+6V 6 V 6 V

+3V 3 V 3 V

Stdby_con 0 V 3.3 V

Page 84: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 84 L04U AA9.

First Part of ScanPin 62 of the UOC delivers the horizontal drive signal for the Line Output stage. This signal is a square pulse of line frequency. L5402 is the flyback drive transformer. This transformer de-couples the line output stage from the UOC. It has a direct polarization. The flyback drive circuit works with the start-up supply taken from +6V of the Aux supply (and subsequently taking from VlotAux+9V). When the H-drive is high, TS7404 conducts, and transformer L5402 starts to store energy. The base of the line transistor TS7405 is low and therefore blocks. The current in the deflection coil returns from diode D6404.

Second Part of ScanWhen the H-drive is low, TS7404 does not conduct, and the energy that is stored in the transformer will transfer to the secondary, making the base of the Line Transistor high. Then the Line Transistor starts to conduct. The current in the deflection coil returns from the transistor in another direction.

FlybackAt the moment the H-drive becomes high, the base of the Line Transistor becomes low. Both the Line Transistor and the Flyback Diode will block. There is an oscillation between the flyback capacitor C2412 and the deflection coil. Because of the inductance of the LOT, the Line Transistor cannot stop conducting immediately. After the Line Transistor is out of conduction, the flyback pulse is created. The flyback capacitor charges until the current in the deflection coil reduce to zero. Then it discharges through the deflection coil and the deflection current increases from the other direction. The flyback diode conducts and is back to the first part of the scan.

Linearity CorrectionBecause the deflection coil has a certain resistance, a picture without any linearity issues cannot be expected. L5401 is the linearity coil to compensate for this resistance. It is a coil with a pre-magnetized core. This correction is called linearity correction.

Horizontal S-CorrectionBecause the electronic beam needs to travel a longer distance to both sides of the screen than the center, the middle of the screen would become narrower than both sides. To prevent this, a parabolic voltage is applied across the deflection coil during scan. To create this parabolic voltage, a capacitor called S-cap (C2417/C2418) is used as a voltage source during scan. The sawtooth current of the deflection through this capacitor creates the required parabolic voltage. This correction is called S-Correction.

Mannheim-Circuit When the EHT is heavily loaded with a bright line, the flyback time can be increased a bit in this situation. As a result, the scan delays a bit causing a DC-shift to the right in the next line, which would create a small spike on the S-cap. This spike oscillates with the inductance of the deflection coil and the primary of LOT. The result is visible in vertical lines under horizontal white line. This is called the Mannheim-effect. To prevent this from happening, a circuit called Mannheim-circuit is added. This consists of C2415, R3404, R3417 and D6406. During the scan, C2415 is charged via R3417. During the flyback, the S-correction parabola across the S-Cap C2417/C2418 is in its most negative, and D6406 conducts. Thus, C2415 is switched in parallel to C2417/C2418 during flyback. As C2415 is much larger than C2417/C2418, the voltage across C2415 reduces the Mannheim-effect oscillation.

Class D East-West Driver To reduce the power loss of the normal used linear East-West amplifier, a class-D East-West circuit is used. To achieve this, the East-West parabola waveform EW_DRIVE from the Hercules (frame frequency) is sampled with a saw tooth (line

frequency) taken from the line aux output. Then a series of width-modulated pulses is formed via two inverted phase amplifiers, filtered by an inductor, which then directly drive the diode modulated line circuit.

East-West Correction To achieve a good geometry, dynamic S-correction is needed. The design is such that the tube/yoke needs East-West correction. Besides that, an inner pincushion is present after East-West correction. The line deflection is modulated with a parabolic voltage (frame frequency). In this way it is not so much at top and bottom, and much more in the middle. Upon entering the picture geometry menu in the SAM mode, the following corrections will be displayed. • EWW: East West Width.• EWP: East West Parabola.• UCP: Upper Corner Parabola.• LCP: Lower Corner Parabola.• EWT: East West Trapezium.The East-West drive circuit realizes them all. The settings can be changed by a remote control. All changed data will be stored into the NVM after the geometry alignment.

PanoramaFor Wide Screen sets, the S-correction of the picture has to adapt between the different picture modes. In particular, between 16:9 Wide Screen and 4:3 picture modes. This is achieved with the (separate) Panorama circuit (see diagram “G”). A signal (I2SDI1) from the UOC controls the state of TS7463. When in the normal 16:9 Wide Screen mode, the signal is “low” and therefore TS7463 is switched “off”.When the 4:3 mode is selected, this signal from the UOC is pulled “high”, switching TS7463 “on”. The relay 1463 on the Panorama panel is subsequently turned “on” and, in effect, paralleling capacitor C2475/C2474 to the S-Cap C2469/C2470. This changes the overall effective S-correction. The relay is switched “on” in 4:3 and Superwide picture modes.

9.3.3 Auxiliary Voltages

The horizontal deflection provides various auxiliary voltages derived either directly or indirectly from the secondary pins of the LOT:• +9V: This supplies the Hercules’s flyback driver.• +11V: This supplies the frame amplifier.• -12V: This supplies the frame amplifier.• 50V: This supplies the frame amplifier.• Filament: This supplies the heater pins of the picture tube.• VideoSupply (+200V from primary side of LOT): This

supplies the RGB amplifier and Scavem circuit at the CRT panel.

Notes: • The V_T voltage (to tuner) is drawn from V_batt.• The EHT voltage is generated by the Line Output

Transformer (LOT). The Focus and Vg2 voltages are created with two potentiometers integrated in the transformer.

9.3.4 Beam Current

The beam current is adjusted with R3451 and R3452. The components R3473, R3453 and C2451 determine the EHT_info characteristic. The voltage across C2412 varies when the beam current changes. This EHT_info is used to compensate the picture geometry via pin 97 of the Hercules when the picture changes rapidly, and compensate the phase 2 loop via pin 113 of the Hercules. Also from the EHT_info line, a BCL signal is derived and sent to the Hercules for controlling the picture’s contrast and brightness. When the picture content becomes brighter, it will introduce:

Page 85: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 85L04U AA 9.

• Geometry distortion due to the impedance of the LOT causing the EHT to drop.

• Picture blooming due to the picture characteristicsBecause of the above mentioned, we will need a circuit for Beam Current Limiter (BCL) and EHT compensation (EHT_info). These two circuits derive the signal from the picture tube current info through LOT pin 10.

BCL• When the BCL pin voltage goes to 2.8 V, the Hercules will

start to limit CONTRAST gain. • When it reaches 1.7 V, then the BRIGHTNESS gain limit

will start to react.• When BCL pin voltage goes to 0.8 V, the RGB will be

blanked. Components TS7483, R3490, R3491, R3492, and C2483 are for fast beam current limiting (e.g. with a Black-to-White pattern). Components R3454, D6451, D6450, C2453, R3493, and C2230 are for average beam current limiting. C2453 and R3493 also control the timing where average beam current limiting is more active or less active.

EHT_infoThe “PHI2 correction” is to correct the storage time deviation of the Line Output Transistor, which is causing geometry distortion due to brightness change.Line EHT_info is to correct the geometry distortion due to EHT deviation.Both of them feedback through the EHTO and PH2LF pin, and correct the geometry through the East-West circuit.

Power DownThe power down connection is for EHT discharge during AC Power “Off” state. In the Hercules, if EHT_info > 3.9 V, it will trigger the X-ray protection circuit via a 2fH soft stop sequence. The Hercules bits OSO (Switch Off in Vertical Over scan) and FBC (Fixed Beam Current Switch Off) will discharge the EHT with 1mA cathode current at over-scan position.During switch-off, the H_out frequency is doubled immediately and the duty cycle is set to 25% fixed, during 43 ms. The RGB outputs are driven “high” to get a controlled discharge of the picture tube with 1 mA during 38 ms. This will decrease the EHT to about half the nominal value (= safety requirement). When bit OSO is set, the white spot/flash during switch-off will be written in overscan and thus will not be visible on the screen. Careful application must guarantee that the vertical deflection stays operational until the end of the discharge period.

9.3.5 DAF

The Dynamic Astigmatic Focus (DAF) circuit is required by 34RF sets only. It provides vertical DAF and horizontal DAF. Both of the parabola signals are derived through integration by using chassis available signals:• The vertical parabola is using RC integration (via R3403

and C2401) on the Frame sensing resistor saw tooth (Frame_FB).

• The horizontal parabola is obtained by 2 RC integration (R3409, R3410, C2402, C2403) on the +9V LOT output.

Both of the parabolas are added on the output stage through adder TS7402 and TS7403. The collector of TS7402 emitter-drives TS7401 and is amplified by pull up resistor R3411. D6401 and C2405 provide the rectified supply voltage.

9.3.6 X-ray Protection

The X-ray protection circuit rectifies the filament voltage and uses it to trigger TS7481 when the EHT is too high. TS7481 is biased at “off” condition by D6480, R3482, and R3483 during normal operation. When the EHT goes too high, the voltage

across R3482 will tend to increase as well, while the voltage across D6481 is fixed. Up to certain level (triggering point), TS7481 will be “on” and will force the EHT_info > 3.9 V. The chassis will be shut down through a soft stop sequence.

9.3.7 Vertical Deflection

The Frame stage consists fully of discrete components. This has the advantage for better flash behavior than when an IC was used. The Frame differential drive signal from the Hercules comes from a current source. Resistors R3460 and R3461 convert them into a voltage, and feed them into the differential amplifier TS7455 and TS7456. The output of TS7456 is input to the next amplification stage of TS7452. Finally, TS7451 and TS7453 deliver the Vertical yoke current to the coil and feedback through the sensing resistors R3471 and R3472.D6458 and TS7454 are used to bias TS7451 and TS7453, to get rid of zero crossovers, which can cause horizontal lines at the screen center.The negative supply is from -12V and the positive scanning supply is from +12V through D6459. The flyback supply is derived from D6455, D6456 and C2456. This circuit is a voltage doubler, which stores energy in C2456 during the Line flyback period and delivers the energy to C2465 during the Line scanning period. Throughout the Frame period, the charging and discharging of C2456 works alternatively. However, at the first half of the Frame scanning, TS7451 is “on” and consumes all the charge from C2456. When entering 2nd half Frame period, TS7451 is “off”, so C2456 will gradually charge up to the required flyback supply. C2463, R3464 and D6457 are for boosting the base voltage of TS7451 during the flyback period and the 1st half Frame period as well. C2463 is charged by D6457 during the 2nd half scanning. R3467 and R3468 are for oscillation damping. The V_guard protection is to protect the Frame stage if a fault condition happens. The V_guard will sense the pulse with voltage > 3.8 V and period < 900 us. Any signal out of this range will be considered as fault, and the chassis will be shut down.

9.3.8 Tilt and Rotation

The rotation control signal is a PWM output from the UOC. It is filtered by R3252, R3246, R3259 and C2259. The DC voltage after filtering at C2259 will be amplified by R3245 (Main Board) and R3390 (CRT panel).The output stage functions similarly as in M8/L01.1 with rotation IC TDA8941P. TS7331/TS7382 and TS7332/TS7381 will function alternatively corresponding to the rotation setting.

9.3.9 CRT panel

The RGB amplifier stage is exactly the same as in M8/L01.1. However, the RGB amplifier IC has been changed to TDA6107AJF or TDA6108AJF. The “A” indication is with gain of “80” rather than “50” in M8/L01.1. The diode D6332 used in the former chassis, to solve the bright screen during start up, is not required because this IC has the error correction implemented.

ScavemIn certain versions, the Scavem feature is used to enhance the sharpness of the picture. The RGB signals are first differentiated and subsequently amplified before feeding to an auxiliary coil known as the SVM coil. The current, flowing through the SVM coil during the picture intensity transients, modulates the deflection field and thus the scan velocity.

Page 86: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 86 L04U AA9.

During the first half of the intensity increase, the scan velocity is increased (thus decreasing the current density by spreading it on a wider area). During the second half of the intensity increase, the scan velocity is decreased (increasing the current density by concentrating it on a smaller area). The increasing current density transition is sharpened. A decreasing current density transition is processed in a similar way and is also sharpened. In this chassis the SCAVEM signal is different from its predecessor because the Hercules generates the differential SCAVEM signal inside the IC. The supply of the SCAVEM is taken from V_bat through a 1k5 / 5 W resistor. Compared with the M8/L01.1, this has the advantage of getting better performance for the pattern with tremendous SCAVEM current (like V_sweep). In this former chassis, because the supply was taken from the 200 V through a 8k2 / 5 W resistor, the supply dropped significantly during a large SCAVEM current. In this chassis, the drop due to the pattern will be less because of the lower supply voltage impedance.In the Main Board, 1st stage amplification is taken care by 7208 with the pull up resistors (3361, 3387) located in the CRT panel. TS7361 and TS7362 is the current buffer delivering the current to the output stage. The diode D6361 is to lightly bias these transistors, to get rid of the zero crossover of the stage.After that, the signal is ac-coupled to TS7363 and TS7364 where the emitter resistors (R3364 and R3370) will determine the final SCAVEM current. TS7363 and TS7364 are biased by R3363, R3366, R3367 and R3368. C2387, R3388, R3389, R3365, R3369, C2384, and C2385 are used for suppressing unwanted oscillations.The function of TS7376 is to limit the SCAVEM current from going too high. It basically senses the voltage after R3373 and clamps the SCAVEM signal through D6367 and C2376.

9.4 Control

The Micro Controller is integrated with the Video Processor, and is called the Hercules. For dynamic data storage, such as SMART PICTURE and SMART SOUND settings, an external NVM IC is being used.Another feature includes an optional Teletext/Closed Caption decoder with the possibility of different page storage depending on the Hercules type number. The Micro Controller ranges in ROM from 128 kB with no TXT-decoder to 128 kB with a 10 page Teletext or with Closed Caption.

9.4.1 Block Diagram

The block diagram of the Micro Controller application is shown below.

Figure 9-4 Micro Controller block diagram

9.4.2 Basic Specification

The Micro Controller operates at the following supply voltages:• +3.3 V_dc at pins 33, 125, and 19. • +1.8 V_dc at pins 126, 36, and 33.• I2C pull up supply: +3.3V_dc.

9.4.3 Pin Configuration and Functionality

The ports of the Micro Controller can be configured as follows:• A normal input port.• An input ADC port.• An output Open Drain port.• An output Push-Pull port.• An output PWM port.• Input/Output Port The following table shows the ports used for the L04 control:

Table 9-4 Micro Controller ports overview

The description of each functional pin is explained below:• LED. This signal is used as an indication for the Standby,

Remote and Error Indicator. Region diversity:– During protection mode, the LED blinks and the set is

in standby mode. – During error conditions it blinks at a predefined rate.– After receiving a valid RC-5 or local keyboard

command it flashes once.– For sets with error message indication, the LED blinks

when message is active and the set is in standby mode.

Table 9-5 LED signal diversity

• SCL. This is the clock wire of the two-wire single master bi-directional I2C bus.

• SDA. This is the data wire of the two-wire single master bi-directional I2C bus.

• STDBY_CON. The Hercules generates this signal. This can enable the MAIN SMPS in normal operation and

!"

# !$$%&%'

# ()

*%&)+

!,+!+&+-+ ,

.!) /

.!) .,$/

!$!

!$!

01

01

) $!

!

*%&)+

E_14480_070.eps200204

Pin Name Description Configuration

32 INT0/ P0.5 IR INT0

31 P1.0/ INT1 PWRDOWN INT1

30 P1.1/ T0 LED P1.1

27 P0.4/ I2SWS (for future use) -

26 P0.3/ I2SCLK (for future use) -

25 P0.2/ I2SDO2 SEL_SC2_INTERFACE/ SDM

P0.2

24 P0.1/ I2SDO1 (for future use) P0.1

23 P0.0/ I2SDI/O Panorama P0.0

22 P1.3/ T1 Write Protect P1.3

21 P1.6/ SCL SCL SCL

20 P1.7/ SDA SDA SDA

18 P2.0/ TPWM VOL_MUTE P2.0

17 P2.1/ PWM0 ROTATION PWM0

16 P2.2/ PWM1 SEL_LL'/M P2.2

15 P2.3/ PWM2 STANDBY_CON P2.3

14 P3.0/ ADC0 Light Sensor ADC0

13 P3.1/ ADC1 (for future use) -

10 P3.2/ ADC2 (for future use) -

9 P3.3/ ADC3 KEYBOARD ADC3

7 P2.4/ PWM3 A (for future use) P2.4

6 P2.5/ PWM4 B (for future use) P2.5

3 P1.2/ INT2 C (for future use) INT2

2 P1.4/ RX E (for future use) -

1 P1.5/ TX D (for future use) -

LED Europe AP/ LATAM NAFTA

0 LED brighter Standby LED lighted Standby LED lighted Normal

1 LED dimmer Normal LED "off" Normal LED "off" Standby

Page 87: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 87L04U AA 9.

disable it during Standby. It is of logic “low” (0 V) under normal operation and “high” (3.3 V) during Standby.

• IR. This input pin is connected to an RC5 remote control receiver.

• SEL-IF-LL’/ M-TRAP. For AP: All L04 AP sets are Multi System QSS set. This is an output pin to switch the Video SAW filter between M system and other systems.– 0: NTSC M (default)– 1: PAL B/G, DK, I

• Write Protect. The global protection line is used to enable and disable write protection to the NVM. When write to the NVM is required, pin 7 of the NVM must be pulled to logic ‘0’ first (via Write_Protect of the micro-controller pin) before a write is performed. Otherwise pin 7 of NVM must always be at logic “1”– 0: Disabled– 1: Enabled (default)

• Mute. This pin is use to MUTE the audio amplifier. It is configured as push pull.

• Rotation. This pin is configured as PWM for the Rotation feature. The output of the PWM is proportional to the feature control.

• Light Sensor. This pin is configured as ADC input for the Light Sensor.

• Sel_SC2_Interface. This pin is use to switch between the SC2_CVBS_OUT and the INTF_CVBS_OUT for the SCART_2_CVBS_OUT/ MONITOR_OUT signal. – 0: Hercules CVBS Output (default)– 1: Interface CVBS Output

• PWRDOWN. The AUX SMPS generates this signal. Logic “high” (3.3 V) under normal operation of the TV and goes “low” (0 V) when the Mains input voltage supply goes below 70 V_ac.

• Keyboard. Following are the Keyboard functions and the step values (8 bit) for it.

Table 9-6 Local keyboard values

• SDM. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start, it will enter the SDM mode (for Service use).

• ISP. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start, it will enter the ISP mode (for Service use).

• PANEL. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during that, then it will enter to the PANEL mode.

• ResetEnabled. This is an output pin to switch the control transistor (pos. TS7202) “high” or “low” for the reset of 1.8 V in case there is a corruption in the Hercules.

9.5 Tuner and IF

The tuner used in this chassis comes from two sources, from Philips and from Alps. Both tuner sources have the same pin configuration so they are 1 to 1 compatible except for the software, which will be selected by means of Option Settings. Some features: • Multi-Standard alignment free PLL-IF, including SECAM L/

L’.• Integrated IF-AGC time constant.

• Integrated sound band-passes and traps (4.5 / 5.5 / 6.0 / 6.5 MHz).

• Group delay compensation (for NTSC and for PAL).• QSS versions with digital Second-Sound-IF SSIF (AM

demodulator for free).• FM mono operation possible: Inter-Carrier or QSS.

9.5.1 Diversity

The following Tuners can be present (depending on the region and the set execution): • Normal tuner without PIP.• FM radio tuner without PIP.• Normal tuner with PIP (main tuner with splitter).• FM radio set with PIP (PIP tuner with splitter). The SAW filter used, depends on the application concept (whether it is a QSS concept or an Intercarrier):• OFWM3953M for QSS Video.• OFWK9656M for QSS Audio.• OFWM1971M for Intercarrier.

9.5.2 Pin Assignments and Functionality

Pin assignment of the Tuner:

Table 9-7 Pinning Tuner

Pin assignment of the several SAW filters (depends on region/execution):

Table 9-8 Pinning SAW filters

The table below shows the switching behavior of SAW filter.

Table 9-9 Switching behavior SAW filter

Note: The logic level is measured at the base of transistor 7001.

Function Voltage (V_dc) Step values (8 bit)

NAFTA Standby 0 0 - 6

Ch + 0.43 7 - 33

Exit Factory (Ch- and Vol-) 0.69 34 - 53

Ch - 0.93 54 - 73

Menu (Vol - and Vol +) 1.19 74 - 96

Vol - 1.49 97 - 121

DVD Eject 1.8 122 - 147

Vol + 2.12 148 - 169

Pin Pin Description DC Voltages

1 RF-AGC 4V for Maximum Gain < 4V for Strong Signal Condition

2 FM Radio Input or N.C -

3 NC (Address Pin) -

4 SCL 0 to 3.3 V_dc

5 SDA 0 to 3.3 V_dc

6/7 Supply Voltage 5 V_dc +/- 0.25 V

8 N.C -

9 Tuning Supply Voltage 30 to 35 V_dc

10 FM Radio IF Output/Ground -

11 TV IF Output -

PinQSS Video (item 1002)

QSS Video (item 1003)

QSS Audio (item 1001)

Intercarrier (item 1002)

1 Input Input Input Input

2 Input Ground Input Ground Switching Input Input Ground

3 Ground Ground Ground Ground

4 Output Output Output Output

5 Output Output Output Output

6 - n.c. - -

7 - n.c. - -

8 - Ground - -

9 - Free - -

10 - Switching input - -

Condition

High Low

System M BG/DK/I/L

Page 88: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 88 L04U AA9.

9.5.3 Option Settings

The option settings for the Tuner type can be found in Option setting 1 of the SAM mode. The Option settings for Option 1 are as follows:• Option Byte 1

– Bit 7: OP_PHILIPS_TUNER– Bit 6: OP_FM_RADIO– Bit 5: OP_LNA– Bit 4: OP_ATS– Bit 3: OP_ACI– Bit 2: OP_UK_PNP– Bit 1: OP_VIRGIN_MODE– Bit 0: OP_CHINA

For more details on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 “Alignments”.

9.6 Source Select

For this chassis, the audio/video source selection is controlled via the Hercules.The Audio/Video Source Select is one of the more complex functions due to its diversity and complex switching. The Audio/Video Source Select comprises of the following components:• The Hercules itself for Mono Audio and Video Source

Selection.• The HEF switch for Stereo Audio as well as Video

Selection.

9.6.1 Options

The option settings for the Source Selection can be found in Option settings of the SAM mode. The Option settings for Option 5 are as follows:• Option Byte 5

– Bit 7: AV1– Bit 6: AV2 – Bit 5: AV3– Bit 4: CVI– Bit 3: SVHS2– Bit 2: SVHS3– Bit 1: HOTEL MODE– Bit 0:

For more detail on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 “Alignments”.

9.6.2 Diversity

The basic diversity of the Audio/Video Source Select is between the Mono and the Stereo sets and the number of Cinch/SCART’s as specified in the product specification. The table below shows the Audio/Video Source Select diversity for all regions:

Table 9-10 AV Source Select diversity

Table 9-11 SCART Source Select diversity

Pin No. Symbol Remark

51 R/Pr IN3 AV1 (CVI)

50 G/Y IN3

49 B/Pb IN3

52 INSSW3

74 CVBS2/Y2

95 AUDIO IN5 L

94 AUDIO IN5 R

73 AUDIO IN3 L AV2 (SVHS)

72 AUDIO IN3 R

71 CVBS3/Y3

70 C2/C3

80 AUDIO IN4 L Side (SHVS)

79 AUDIO IN4 R

78 CVBS4/Y4

77 C4

81 IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Monitor Out

67 AUD OUT HP L

66 AUD OUT HP R

69 AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT) HP/ LS Out

68 AUD OUT LS R

59 V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX) Interface

58 U IN (B/Pb IN2)

57 Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx)

54 U OUT (INSSW2)

76 AUDIO IN2 L

75 AUDIO IN2 R

86 DVBO/IFVO/FMRO N.C.

65 CVBSO/PIP PIP application

56 Y SYNC 100 nF

55 Y OUT 100 nF

53 V OUT (SWO) N.C.

93 AUD OUT S L N.C.

92 AUD OUT S R N.C.

Pin Symbol Remark

51 R/Pr IN3 SCART 1

50 G/Y IN3

49 B/Pb IN3

52 INSSW3

74 CVBS2/Y2

86 DVBO/IFVO/FMRO

95 AUDIO IN5 L

94 AUDIO IN5 R

93 AUD OUT S L

92 AUD OUT S R

71 CVBS3/Y3 SCART 2

70 C2/C3

81 IFVO/SVO/CVBSI

73 AUDIO IN3 L

72 AUDIO IN3 R

67 AUD OUT HP L

66 AUD OUT HP R

80 AUDIO IN4 L Side I/O

79 AUDIO IN4 R

78 CVBS4/Y4

77 C4

69 AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT) LS/ HP/ MON OUT

68 AUD OUT LS R

59 V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX) Interface

58 U IN (B/Pb IN2)

57 Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx)

54 U OUT(INSSW2)

76 AUDIO IN2 L

75 AUDIO IN2 R

65 CVBSO/PIP for PIP

56 YSYNC 100 nF

55 YOUT 100 nF

53 VOUT(SWO) N.C.

Page 89: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 89L04U AA 9.

9.6.3 Audio Source Selection

The signals coming out of the DEMDEC (internal demodulator/decoder block of the Hercules) are selectable and consist of the following (depending on the transmission):• DEC L/R (Can be NICAM, FM 2CS, or BTSC Stereo).• Mono (Refers to fallback/forced Mono in Stereo

Transmission).• SAP. For L04, the assigned I/O with respect to the Hercules is as follows:• SCART1 or AV1 Input assigned to Audio In 5.• SCART2 or AV2 Input assigned to Audio In 3.• Side AV Input assigned to Audio In 4.• External Interface Input assigned to Audio In 2.• SCART1 Output assigned to SCART Output.• SCART2 Output (EU) or Monitor Output (LA/NA/AP)

assigned to Headphone Output.• Constant Level Output assigned to Loudspeaker Output.

9.6.4 Video Source Selection

Video source selection is done inside the Hercules. Therefore it provides a video switch with 3 external CVBS inputs and a CVBS output. All CVBS inputs can be used as Y-input for Y/C signals. However, only 2 Y/C sources can be selected because the circuit has 2 chroma inputs.All input signals are converted to YUV, and looped through an external interface. This to enable picture improvement features (like LTI/CTI) or PIP.

9.7 Video Processing

The Video Processor is basically the Hercules and the TDA9178 (CTI/LTI). Video processing is done in these two chips such as the Brightness Control, Contrast Control and so on. Some features:• Full YUV-loop interface (alternative functions: DVD, RGB

or Y/C).• Internal OSD insertion (not Saturation or Contrast

controlled).• Double window implementation.• Linear / non linear scaling for 16:9 sets.• Tint (hue) on UV signals (including DVD).• Peaking, Coring, Black \ Blue \ White-stretch.• Transfer-Ratio and Scavem (also on TXT).

9.7.1 Features

The features included in the Hercules are as follows:• Brightness Control.• Contrast Control.• Saturation Control.• Sharpness Control.• Peak White Limiter.• Beam Current Limiter.• Black Stretch (Contrast Plus). For sets with the TDA9178, there are two extra features:• Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI).• Color Transient Improvement (CTI).

9.7.2 Block Diagram

Following diagram is the block diagram of the video processing part:

Figure 9-5 Video processing block diagram

9.7.3 LTI/CTI

The TDA9178 is an I2C-bus controlled IC (INCREDIBLE chip) with YUV interface. This IC can do mainly histogram processing, color transient improvement (CTI) and line transient improvement (LTI).• Luminance Vector Processing involves histogram function,

which provides scene dependent contrast improvement, adaptive black and white point stretching.

• Color Vector Processing involves skin tone correction, green enhancement and blue stretch.

• Spectral Processor involves step improvement processing, contour processing, smart sharpness control, color dependant sharpness and Color Transient Improvement.

• Noise detector, feature mode detector and cue flash functions.

• Demonstration mode shows all the improvement features in one picture.

Table 9-12 Pinning overview TDA9178

Pin Symbol Description

1 SC Sandcastle input pin

2 n.c. Not connected pin

3 ADEXT1 External AD-conversion #1 input pin

4 ADEXT2 External AD-conversion #2 input pin

5 ADEXT3 External AD-conversion #3 input pin

6 Y in Luminance input pin

7 ADR Address selection input pin

8 U in -(B-Y) signal input pin

9 V in -(R-Y) signal input pin

10 TP Testpin, connected to ground

11 SCL I2C-bus: clock input pin

12 n.c. Not connected pin

13 n.c. Not connected pin

14 SDA I2C-bus: data input pin

15 DECDIG Decoupling digital supply

16 V out -(R-Y) signal output pin

17 U out -(B-Y) signal output pin

18 V ee Ground pin

19 Y out Luminance output pin

20 V cc Supply-voltage pin

21 S out Luminance output for SCAVEM

22 CF Cue-flash output pin

23 n.c. Not connected pin

24 n.c. Not connected pin

TUNER

SAW

95,94,80,79,

AUDIO AMP

68,69

VIDEO

AUDIO SAW

NVM

MONITOR OUT

2021

CRT

LTI/CTI

78,77,76,75, 74,73,72,71,70

6586,81, 67,66

HERCULES

SW

2425

29,30

PIP/ DVD

CVBS/AUDIO REAR/SIDE INPUT/OUTPUT

INPUT RGB/CVI

42,4344

53,54,55

57,5859

49,50,51

E_14480_071.eps200204

Page 90: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 90 L04U AA9.

9.7.4 Options

The option settings allow for process of the video as per set specification. The option settings can be found in “Option 2” and “Option 6” in the SAM mode. The option settings are as follows:• Option Byte 2

– Bit 7: – Bit 6 :OP_GREEN_UI– Bit 5: OP_CHANNEL_NAMING, – Bit 4: OP_LTI,– Bit 3: OP_TILT,– Bit 2: OP_FINE_TUNING– Bit 1: OP_PIP_PHILIPS_TUNER,– Bit 0: OP_HUE,

• Option Byte 6– Bit 7: OP_PERSONAL_ZAPPING,– Bit 6: – Bit 5: OP_FMTRAP– Bit 4: OP_COMBFILTER– Bit 3: OP_ACTIVE_CONTROL– Bit 2: OP_VIDEO_TEXT– Bit 1 :OP_LIGHT_SENSOR,– Bit 0: OP_DUAL_TEXT

For more details on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 “Alignments”.

9.8 Audio Processing

The audio decoding is done entirely via the Hercules. The IF output from the Tuner is fed directly to either the Video-IF or the Sound-IF input depending on the type of concept chosen. There are mainly two types of decoder in the Hercules, an analog decoder that decodes only Mono, regardless of any standards, and a digital decoder (or DEMDEC) that can decode both Mono as well as Stereo, again regardless of any standards. In this chassis, the analog decoder is used in two cases:• It is used for AM Sound demodulation in the Europe

SECAM LL’ transmission.• It is used for all FM demodulation in AP AV-Stereo sets.

9.8.1 Diversity

The diversity for the Audio decoding can be broken up into two main concepts:• The Quasi Split Sound concept used in Europe and some

AP sets.• The Inter Carrier concept, used in NAFTA and LATAM.The UOC-III family makes no difference anymore between QSS- and Intercarrier IF, nearly all types are software-switchable between the two SAW-filter constructions. Simple data settings are required for the set to determine whether it is using the Inter Carrier or the QSS concept. These settings are done via the “QSS” and “FMI” bit found in SAM mode. Due to the diversity involved, the data for the 2 bits are being placed in the NVM location and it is required to write once during startup. On top of that, it can be further broken down into various systems depending on the region. The systems or region chosen, will in turn affect the type of sound standard that is/are allowed to be decoded.• For the case of Europe, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/

LL’ for a Multi-System set. There are also versions of Eastern Europe and Western Europe set and the standard for decoding will be BG/DK and I/DK respectively. FM Radio is a feature diversity for the Europe sets. The same version can have either FM Radio or not, independent of the system (e.g. sets with BG/DK/I/LL’ can have or not have FM radio).

• For the case of NAFTA and LATAM, there is only one transmission standard, which is the M standard. The diversity then will be based on whether it has a dBx noise reduction or a Non-dBx (no dBx noise reduction).

• For the case of AP, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/M for a Multi-System set. The diversity here will then depends on the region. AP China can have a Multi-System and I/DK version. For India, it might only be BG standard.

9.8.2 Functionality

The features available in the Hercules are as follows:• Treble and Bass Control.• Surround Sound Effect that includes:

– Incredible Stereo.– Incredible Mono.– 3D Sound (not for AV Stereo).– TruSurround (not for AV Stereo).– Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS422 (not for AV Stereo).– Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS423 (not for AV Stereo).– Dolby Pro-Logic (not for AV Stereo).

• Bass Feature that includes:– Dynamic Ultra-Bass.– Dynamic Bass Enhancement.– BBE (not for AV Stereo).

• Auto-Volume Leveler.• 5 Band Equalizer.• Loudness Control.All the features stated are available for the Full Stereo versions and limited features for the AV Stereo

9.9 Audio Amplifier

The audio amplifier part is very straightforward. It uses the integrated power amplifier TDA2616Q, and delivers a maximum output of 2 x 10 W_rms.The maximum operating condition for this amplifier is 21 V unloaded. Normal operating supply is from 7.5 V to 16 V. Muting is done via the VOLUME_MUTE line connected to pin 2 of the amplifier-IC and coming from the UOC. The following table shows pin functionality of the Audio Amplifier:

Table 9-13 Pinning overview TDA2616

Pin Pin Name Normal Operation

1 Input Left Input AC signal

2 Mute 16 V_dc

3 Ground 0 V

4 Output L Channel AC waveform

5 Supply Voltage (negative) -16 V_dc

6 Output R Channel AC waveform

7 Supply Voltage (positive) + 16 V_dc

8 Inverting inputs L and R 0 V

9 Input Right Input AC signal

Page 91: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 91L04U AA 9.

9.10 Abbreviation list

2CS 2 Carrier (or Channel) StereoACI Automatic Channel Installation:

algorithm that installs TV sets directly from cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control: control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that

controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia Pacific regionAR Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume LevelerBCL Beam Current LimitationB/G Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 5.5 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television Standard

Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound system, originating from the USA and used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed CaptionCCC Continuous Cathode CalibrationComPair Computer aided rePairCRT Cathode Ray Tube or picture tubeCSM Customer Service ModeCTI Color Transient Improvement:

manipulates steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video Blanking and Synchronization

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCD/K Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 6.5 MHzDFU Direction For Use: description for the

end userDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool: special remote

control designed for dealers to enter e.g. service mode

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extra High TensionEHT-INFO Extra High Tension informationEPG Electronic Programming GuideEU EuropeEW East West, related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT External (source), entering the set via

SCART or CinchFBL Fast Blanking: DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory or Frequency

ModulationH Horizontal sync signalHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 6.0 MHzI2C Integrated IC busIF Intermediate Frequency

IIC Integrated IC busITV Institutional TV LATAM Latin American countries like Brazil,

Argentina, etc.LED Light Emitting DiodeL/L' Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L' is Band I, L is all bands except for Band I

LS Large Screen or LoudspeakerM/N Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 4.5 MHzNC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing. This is a digital sound system, mainly used in Europe.

NTSC National Television Standard Committee. Color system mainly used in North America and Japan. Color carrier NTSC M/N = 3.579545 MHz, NTSC 4.43 = 4.433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm, it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory: IC containing TV related data e.g. alignments

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP Option ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line. Color system

mainly used in West Europe (color carrier = 4.433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3.575612 MHz and PAL N = 3.582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit boardPLL Phase Locked Loop. Used for e.g.

FST tuning systems. The customer can give directly the desired frequency

POR Power-On ResetPTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control handsetRGB Red, Green, and Blue video signalsROM Read Only MemorySDAM Service Default / Alignment ModeSAP Second Audio ProgramSC Sandcastle: pulse derived from sync

signalsS/C Short CircuitSCL Serial ClockSDA Serial DataSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire.

Color system mainly used in France and East Europe. Color carriers = 4.406250 MHz and 4.250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY StandbySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW SoftwareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeletextuP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV Vertical sync signalV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence ChipVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record:

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Luminance (Y) and Chrominance (C)

signal

Page 92: PHILIPS L04

Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 92 L04U AA9.

9.11 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as "black boxes" in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of "memory" and "logic" ICs).

9.11.1 Diagram H, TDA9178 (IC7610)

Figure 9-6 Internal Block Diagram and Pin Configuration

BLOCK DIAGRAM

PIN CONFIGURATION

input-stage

YinUin

Vin

luminanceprocessing

Luminance vector processing

black stretchhistogram processinggamma control

Y

saturationcorrection

U,V

delaycontrol

smart peakingLTIVDC

CDS

CTI

+

spectral processing

Sout

colourprocessing

outputstage

Yout

Uout

Vout

noisemeasuring

featuremodedetection

supply

windowgeneration

calibrate

Vcc

ground

Sandcastle

I2C I2C-control

ADext1 (low frequencies)

ADC

skin tone correctiongreen enhancementblue stretch

colour vector processing

Ôcue ßashÕ

ADext2 (low frequencies)ADext3 (low frequencies)

CF

DECDIG

1

TDA9178

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24Sc

Nc

ADEXT1

ADEXT2

ADEXT3

Yin

ADR

Uin

Vin

TP

SCL

Nc Nc

SDA

DECDIG

Vout

Uout

Vee

Yout

Vcc

Sout

CF

Nc

Nc

E_14480_075.eps200204

Page 93: PHILIPS L04

Spare Parts List EN 93L04U AA 10.

10. Spare Parts List Not applicable

Page 94: PHILIPS L04

Revision ListEN 94 L04U AA11.

11. Revision List

First release.


Recommended